Mazda speed6 8V77-EA-06F car Owner's manual

Mazdaspeed6_8V77-EA-06F_Edition2 Page1

Thursday, November 30 2006 11:13 AM

Black plate (1,1)

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (2,1)

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (3,1)

A Word to Mazda Owners

Thank you for choosing a Mazda. We at Mazda design and build vehicles with complete customer satisfaction in mind.

To help ensure enjoyable and trouble-free operation of your Mazda, read this manual carefully and follow its recommendations.

An Authorized Mazda Dealer knows your vehicle best. So when maintenance or service is necessary, that's the place to go.

Our nationwide network of Mazda professionals is dedicated to providing you with the best possible service.

We assure you that all of us at Mazda have an ongoing interest in your motoring pleasure and in your full satisfaction with your Mazda product.

Mazda Motor Corporation

HIROSHIMA, JAPAN

Important Notes About This Manual

Keep this manual in the glove box as a handy reference for the safe and enjoyable use of your Mazda. Should you resell the vehicle, leave this manual with it for the next owner.

All specifications and descriptions are accurate at the time of printing. Because improvement is a constant goal at

Mazda, we reserve the right to make changes in specifications at any time without notice and without obligation.

Event Data Recorder

This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder. In the event of a crash, this device records data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time. These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur and lead to the designing of safer vehicles.

Air Conditioning and the Environment

Your Mazda's genuine air conditioner is filled with HFC134a (R134a), a refrigerant that has been found not to damage the earth's ozone layer. If the air conditioner does not operate properly, consult an Authorized Mazda

Dealer.

Perchlorate

Certain components of this vehicle such as [air bag modules, seat belt pretensioners, lithium batteries, ...] may contain Perchlorate Material

– Special handling may apply for service or vehicle end of life disposal. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Please be aware that this manual applies to all models, equipment and options. As a result, you may find some explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle.

©2006 Mazda Motor Corporation

Printed in Japan Jan. 2007(Print2)

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (4,1)

How to Use This Manual

We want to help you get the most driving pleasure from your vehicle. Your owner's manual, when read from cover to cover, can do that in many ways.

Illustrations complement the words of the manual to best explain how to enjoy your

Mazda. By reading your manual, you can find out about the features, important safety information, and driving under various road conditions.

The symbol below in this manual means

“Do not do this” or “Do not let this happen

”.

NOTE

A NOTE provides information and sometimes suggests how to make better use of your vehicle.

The symbol below, located on some parts of the vehicle, indicates that this manual contains information related to the part.

Please refer to the manual for a detailed explanation.

Index: A good place to start is the Index, an alphabetical listing of all information in your manual.

You'll find several WARNINGs,

CAUTIONs, and NOTEs in the manual.

WARNING

A WARNING indicates a situation in which serious injury or death could result if the warning is ignored.

CAUTION

A CAUTION indicates a situation in which bodily injury or damage to your vehicle, or both, could result if the caution is ignored.

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (5,1)

Table of Contents

Your Vehicle at a Glance

Interior, exterior views and part identification of your Mazda.

Driving Your Mazda

Explanation of instruments and controls.

1

Essential Safety Equipment

Use of safety equipment, including seats, seat belt system, child-restraint

systems and SRS air bags.

Knowing Your Mazda

Explanation of basic operations and controls; opening/closing and adjustment

of various parts.

Before Driving Your Mazda

Important information about driving your Mazda.

2

3

4

5

Interior Comfort

Use of various features for drive comfort, including air-conditioning and audio

system.

In Case of an Emergency

Helpful information on what to do in an emergency.

6

7

Maintenance and Care

How to keep your Mazda in top condition.

8

Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Important consumer information including warranties and add-on equipment.

Specifications

Technical information about your Mazda.

Index

9

10

11

Navigation System

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (6,1)

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (7,1)

1


Interior, exterior views and part identification of your Mazda.

Dashboard and Interior Overview .............................................. 1-2

Exterior Overview ......................................................................... 1-4

Form No.8V77-EA-06F

1-1




Dashboard and Interior Overview

Black plate (8,1)

The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle.

Refer to Navigation System at the end of the manual (if equipped).

Power window lock switch ................................................................................ page 3-37

Power window switch ........................................................................................ page 3-34

Power door lock switch ..................................................................................... page 3-27

1-2

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (9,1)


Dashboard and Interior Overview

Dashboard illumination ..................................................................................... page 5-23

DSC OFF switch ............................................................................................... page 5-18

Lighting control/Turn signals ............................................................................ page 5-36

Audio control switch ......................................................................................... page 6-37

Instrument cluster .............................................................................................. page 5-20

Air bags ............................................................................................................. page 2-40

Wiper and washer lever ..................................................................................... page 5-39

Cruise control switches ...................................................................................... page 5-13

Information display ............................................................................................ page 6-43

Hazard warning flasher switch .......................................................................... page 5-42

Audio system ..................................................................................................... page 6-10

Glove box .......................................................................................................... page 6-50

Center console ................................................................................................... page 6-50

Accessory socket ............................................................................................... page 6-51

Cup holder ......................................................................................................... page 6-47

Parking brake ....................................................................................................... page 5-5

MT shift lever ...................................................................................................... page 5-9

Lighter ............................................................................................................... page 6-45

Ashtray ............................................................................................................... page 6-46

Climate control system ........................................................................................ page 6-2

Ignition switch ..................................................................................................... page 5-2

Steering column release lever ............................................................................ page 3-54

Remote fuel-filler lid release ............................................................................. page 3-41

Hood release handle .......................................................................................... page 3-42

Storage pocket ................................................................................................... page 6-49

Outside mirror switch ........................................................................................ page 3-54

Interior light ....................................................................................................... page 6-40

Sunvisor ............................................................................................................. page 6-40

Map light ........................................................................................................... page 6-41

Rearview mirror ................................................................................................. page 3-55

Vanity mirror ...................................................................................................... page 6-40

Front seats ............................................................................................................ page 2-2

Seat belt ............................................................................................................. page 2-11

Rear seat .............................................................................................................. page 2-9

1-3

Form No.8V77-EA-06F




Exterior Overview

Black plate (10,1)

The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle.

Refer to Navigation System at the end of the manual (if equipped).

1-4

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (11,1)


Exterior Overview

Trunk lid ............................................................................................................ page 3-29

Antenna ............................................................................................................. page 6-10

Rear window defroster ....................................................................................... page 5-40

Power windows ................................................................................................. page 3-34

Tires ................................................................................................................... page 8-23

Light bulbs ......................................................................................................... page 8-27

Hood .................................................................................................................. page 3-42

Windshield wiper blades .................................................................................... page 8-19

Moonroof ........................................................................................................... page 3-44

Child safety locks .............................................................................................. page 3-28

Fuel-filler lid ...................................................................................................... page 3-41

Doors and keys .................................................................................................. page 3-26

Outside mirror .................................................................................................... page 3-54

Form No.8V77-EA-06F

1-5



Black plate (12,1)

1-6

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (13,1)

2


Use of safety equipment, including seats, seat belt system, child-restraint systems and SRS air bags.

Seats ............................................................................................... 2-2

Front Seats (Manually Operated Seats) ..................................... 2-2

Front Seats (Electrically Operated Seats) .................................. 2-5

Rear Seat ................................................................................... 2-9

Seat Belt Systems ......................................................................... 2-11

Seat Belt Precautions ............................................................... 2-11

Seat Belt (Except Center-Rear Position) ................................. 2-14

Front Seat Belt Pretensioner and Load Limiting Systems ....... 2-16

Center-Rear Position Seat Belt ................................................ 2-18

Seat Belt Extender ................................................................... 2-21

Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep ................................................ 2-22

Child Restraint ............................................................................ 2-24

Child Restraint Precautions ..................................................... 2-24

Installing Child-Restraint Systems .......................................... 2-28

LATCH Child-Restraint Systems ............................................ 2-35

SRS Air Bags ............................................................................... 2-40

Supplemental Restraint Systems (SRS) Precautions ............... 2-40

Supplemental Restraint System Components ......................... 2-45

How the Air Bags Work .......................................................... 2-48

2-1

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (14,1)


Seats

Front Seats (Manually

Operated Seats)

WARNING

Do not modify or replace the front seats:

Modifying or replacing the front seats such as replacing the upholstery or loosening any bolts is dangerous. The front seats contain air bag components essential to the supplemental restraint system. Such modifications could damage the supplemental restraint system and result in serious injury. Consult an

Authorized Mazda Dealer if there is any need to remove or reinstall the front seats.

Do not drive with damaged front seats:

Driving with damaged front seats is dangerous. A collision, even one not strong enough to inflate the air bags, could damage the front seats which contain essential air bag components.

If there was a subsequent collision, an air bag may not deploy which could lead to injuries. Always have an

Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect the front seats, front seat belt pretensioners and air bags after a collision.

WARNING

Make sure the adjustable components of a seat are locked in place:

Adjustable seats and seatbacks that are not securely locked are dangerous.

In a sudden stop or collision, the seat or seatback could move, causing injury. Make sure the adjustable components of the seat are locked in place by attempting to slide the seat forward and backward and rocking the seatback.

qSeat Slide

WARNING

Adjust the driver seat only when the vehicle is stopped:

Adjusting the driver's seat while the vehicle is moving is dangerous. The driver could lose control of the vehicle and have an accident.

To move a seat forward or backward, raise the lever and slide the seat to the desired position and release the lever.

2-2

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (15,1)


Seats

Make sure the lever returns to its original position and the seat is locked in place by attempting to push it forward and backward.

qSeat Recline

WARNING

Do not drive with the seats reclined:

Sitting in a reclined position while the vehicle is moving is dangerous because you don't get the full protection from seat belts. During sudden braking or a collision, you can slide under the lap belt and suffer serious internal injuries. For maximum protection, sit well back and upright.

Always sit in a passenger seat properly with the seatback upright and feet on the floor:

If your vehicle is equipped with front passenger seat weight sensors, sitting in the front passenger seat improperly out of position or with the seatback reclined too far while the vehicle is moving is dangerous as it can take off weight from the seat bottom and affect the weight determination of the front passenger sensing system. As a result the front passenger will not have the supplementary protection of the air bag and seat belt pretensioner, which could cause result in serious injury.

Always sit upright against your seatback, with your feet on the floor.

WARNING

Do not drive with the seatback unlocked:

The seatback plays an important role in your protection in a vehicle.

Leaving the seatback unlocked is dangerous as it can allow passengers to be ejected or thrown around and baggage to strike occupants in a sudden stop or collision, resulting in severe injury. After adjusting the seatback at any time, even when there are no other passengers, rock the seatback to make sure it is locked in place.

To change the seatback angle, lean forward slightly while raising the lever.

Then lean back to the desired position and release the lever.

Make sure the lever returns to its original position and the seatback is locked in place by attempting to push it forward and backward.

2-3

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (16,1)


Seats

CAUTION

When returning a rear-reclined seatback to its upright position, make sure you hold onto the seatback with your other hand while operating the lever. If the seatback is not supported, it will flip forward suddenly and could cause injury.

qHeight Adjustment (Driver's Seat)

By moving the seat lever up or down, the seat bottom height can be adjusted.

Up

Down

qHead Restraint

WARNING

Always drive with the head restraints installed when seats are being used and make sure they are properly adjusted:

Driving with the head restraints adjusted too low or removed is dangerous. With no support behind your head, your neck could be seriously injured in a collision.

Height adjustment

To raise a head restraint, pull it up to the desired position.

To lower the head restraint, press the stopcatch release, then push the head restraint down.

qLumbar Support Adjustment

(Driver's Seat)

To adjust the lumbar support, pull the lever forward.

Adjust the head restraint so that the top is even with the top of the passenger's ears, never the passenger's neck.

2-4

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (17,1)


Seats

qSeat Warmer

í

The front seats are electrically heated. The ignition switch must be in the ON position.

Press the switch to turn the seat warmer on or off. When the switch is in the ON position, the indicator light will come on.

ON

OFF

NOTE

The seat temperature is regulated automatically by a thermostat. Other than turning it on or off, it cannot be adjusted.

Front Seats (Electrically

Operated Seats)

WARNING

Do not modify or replace the front seats:

Modifying or replacing the front seats such as replacing the upholstery or loosening any bolts is dangerous. The front seats contain air bag components essential to the supplemental restraint system. Such modifications could damage the supplemental restraint system and result in serious injury. Consult an

Authorized Mazda Dealer if there is any need to remove or reinstall the front seats.

Do not drive with damaged front seats:

Driving with damaged front seats is dangerous. A collision, even one not strong enough to inflate the air bags, could damage the front seats which contain essential air bag components.

If there was a subsequent collision, an air bag may not deploy which could lead to injuries. Always have an

Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect the front seats, front seat belt pretensioners and air bags after a collision.

í

Some models.

2-5

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (18,1)


Seats

CAUTION l

The seat-bottom power adjustment is operated by motors. Avoid extended operation because excessive use can damage the motors.

l

To prevent the battery from running down, avoid using the power adjustment when the engine is stopped. The adjuster uses a large amount of electrical power.

l

Don't use the switch to make more than one adjustment at a time.

qSeat Slide

To slide the seat, move the slide lifter switch on the outside of the seat to the front or back and hold it. Release the switch at the desired position.

qSeat Recline

WARNING

Do not drive with the seats reclined:

Sitting in a reclined position while the vehicle is moving is dangerous because you don't get the full protection from seat belts. During sudden braking or a collision, you can slide under the lap belt and suffer serious internal injuries. For maximum protection, sit well back and upright.

Always sit in a front passenger seat properly with the seatback upright and feet on the floor:

If your vehicle is equipped with front passenger seat weight sensors, sitting in the front passenger seat improperly out of position or with the seatback reclined too far while the vehicle is moving is dangerous as it can take off weight from the seat bottom and affect the weight determination of the front passenger sensing system. As a result the front passenger will not have the supplementary protection of the air bag and seat belt pretensioner, which could cause result in serious injury.

Always sit upright against your seatback, with your feet on the floor.

2-6

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (19,1)


Seats

Change the seatback angle by pressing the front or rear side of the reclining switch.

Release the switch at the desired position.

Rear of seat bottom

Raise or lower the back of the switch to adjust the rear height of the seat bottom.

qHeight Adjustment

Front of seat bottom

To adjust the front height of the seat bottom, raise or lower the front of the slide lifter switch on the left side of the seat.

Whole seat

Raise the seat by pulling up on the center of the switch. Release the switch at the desired position.

Lower the seat by pressing down on the center of the switch. Release the switch at the desired position.

2-7

Form No.8V77-EA-06F




Seats

qLumbar Support Adjustment

To adjust the lumbar support, pull the lever forward.

Black plate (20,1)

Height adjustment



qHead Restraint

WARNING




qSeat Warmer

í

The front seats are electrically heated. The ignition switch must be in the ON position.

Press the switch to turn the seat warmer on or off. When the switch is in the ON position, the indicator light will come on.

ON

OFF

2-8

í

Some models.

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



NOTE

The seat temperature is regulated automatically by a thermostat. Other than turning it on or off, it cannot be adjusted.

Black plate (21,1)


Seats

Rear Seat

WARNING

Make sure luggage and cargo is secured before driving:

Not securing cargo while driving is dangerous as it could move or be crushed during sudden braking or a collision and cause injury.

qHead Restraint

WARNING



2-9

Form No.8V77-EA-06F




Seats

Height adjustment



Black plate (22,1)


qArmrest

The rear armrest in the center of the rear seatback can be used (no occupant in the center seat) or placed upright, pull on the small fabric pull-tab to lower the armrest.

2-10

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (23,1)


Seat Belt Systems

Seat Belt Precautions

Seat belts help to decrease the possibility of severe injury during accidents and sudden stops. Mazda recommends that the driver and all passengers always wear seat belts.

All of the seat belt retractors are designed to keep the lap/shoulder belts out of the way when not in use.

The driver's seat belt has no provisions for child-restraint systems and has only an emergency locking mode. The driver may wear it comfortably, and it will lock during a collision.

However, the front passenger's seat and all rear lap/shoulder belt retractors operate in two modes: emergency locking mode, and for child-restraint systems, automatic locking mode.

While we recommend you put all children in the rear seats, if you must use the front passenger seat for a child, slide the front passenger seat as far back as possible and make sure any child-restraint system is secured properly.

WARNING

Always wear your seat belt and make sure all occupants are properly restrained:

Not wearing a seat belt is extremely dangerous. During a collision, occupants not wearing seat belts could hit someone or things inside the vehicle or even be thrown out of the vehicle. They could be seriously injured or even killed. In the same collision, occupants wearing seat belts would be much safer.

Do not wear twisted seat belts:

Twisted seat belts are dangerous. In a collision, the full width of the belt is not available to absorb the impact. This puts more force on the bones beneath the belt, which could cause serious injury or death.

Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time:

Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous. A seat belt used in this way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengers could be crushed together and seriously injured or even killed. Never use one belt for more than one person at a time and always operate the vehicle with each occupant properly restrained.

Do not operate a vehicle with a damaged seat belt:

Using a damaged seat belt is dangerous. An accident could damage the belt webbing of the seat belt in use. A damaged seat belt cannot provide adequate protection in a collision. Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect all seat belt systems in use during an accident before they are used again.

2-11

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (24,1)


Seat Belt Systems

WARNING

Have your seat belts changed immediately if the pretensioner or load limiter has been expended:

One or both front air bags may deploy, and the corresponding pretensioner(s) may also deploy at the same time. While it is safer to use a crash-used seat belt that was used in an accident than no seat belt at all, using a seat belt with an expended pretensioner or load limiter loaded reduces the safety available to you. Like the air bags, the seat belt pretensioners will only function once. After they are expended, they will not function again and must be replaced immediately. If the seat belt pretensioners are not replaced, the risk of injury in a collision will increase. Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect the seat belt pretensioners and air bags after any collision. Expended seat belt pretensioners and air bags must be replaced after any collision which caused them to deploy. Additionally, the load limiter will only limit loads on the chest once in a collision and this is another reason to have the front seat belts inspected.

CAUTION

Belt retraction may become difficult if the belts and rings are soiled, so try to keep them clean. For more details about cleaning the seat belts, refer to

“Cleaning the Lap/Shoulder

Belt Webbing

” (page 8-43).

Ring

2-12

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (25,1)


Seat Belt Systems

qPregnant Women and Persons with Serious Medical Conditions

Pregnant women should always wear seat belts. Ask your doctor for specific recommendations.

The lap belt should be worn SNUGLY AND AS LOW AS POSSIBLE OVER THE HIPS.

The shoulder belt should be worn across your shoulder properly, but never across the stomach area.

Persons with serious medical conditions also should wear seat belts. Check with your doctor for any special instructions regarding specific medical conditions.

qEmergency Locking Mode

In the emergency locking mode, the belt remains comfortable on the occupant and the retractor will lock in position during a collision. When the seat belt is fastened, it will always be in the emergency locking mode until it is switched to automatic locking mode by pulling it all the way out to its full length. If the belt feels tight and hinders comfortable movement while the vehicle is stopped or in motion, it may be in the automatic locking mode because the belt has been pulled too far out. To return to the belt to the more comfortable emergency locking mode, wait until the vehicle has stopped in a safe, level area, retract the belt fully to convert it back to emergency locking mode and then extend it around you again.

qAutomatic Locking Mode

Always use the automatic locking mode to keep the child-restraint system from shifting to an unsafe position in the event of an accident. To enable seat belt automatic locking mode, pull it all the way out and connect it as instructed on the child-restraint system. It will retract down to the child-restraint system and stay locked on it. See the section on child

restraint (page 2-24).

2-13

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (26,1)


Seat Belt Systems

Seat Belt (Except Center-

Rear Position)

NOTE

When using the center-rear seat belt, refer to

“Center-Rear Position Seat

Belt

” (page 2-18).

qFastening the Seat Belt

1. Grasp the tongue.

2. Slowly pull out the lap/shoulder belt.

WARNING

Positioning the Shoulder Portion of the Seat Belt:

Improper positioning of the shoulder portion of the seat belt is dangerous.

Always make sure the shoulder portion of the seat belt is positioned across your shoulder and near your neck, but never under your arm, on your neck, or on your upper arm.

4. Position the lap belt as low as possible, not on the abdominal area, then adjust the shoulder belt so that it fits snugly against your body.

Belt

Tongue

Take up slack

Keep low on hip bone

Too high

3. Insert the tongue into the buckle until you hear a click.

Tongue

Buckle

WARNING

Positioning the Lap Portion of the

Seat Belt:

The lap portion of the seat belt worn too high is dangerous. In a collision, this would concentrate the impact force directly on the abdominal area, causing serious injury. Wear the lap portion of the belt snugly and as low as possible.

2-14

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (27,1)

qUnfastening the Seat Belt

Depress the button on the buckle. If the belt does not fully retract, pull it out and check for kinks or twists. Then make sure it remains untwisted as it retracts.


Seat Belt Systems

qShoulder Belt Adjuster (Front

Seat Belts)

Adjust the height of the shoulder belt if the seat belt touches your neck, or if it crosses your arm instead of your shoulder.

To raise the shoulder belt adjuster, push the adjuster up. To lower the shoulder belt adjuster, pull the knob and slide it down.

Make sure the adjuster is locked.

Button

NOTE

If a belt does not fully retract, inspect it for kinks and twists. If it is still not retracting properly, have it inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

WARNING




2-15

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (28,1)


Seat Belt Systems

Front Seat Belt Pretensioner and Load Limiting Systems

For optimum protection, the driver and front passenger seat belts are equipped with pretensioner and load limiting systems. For both these systems to work properly you must wear the seat belt properly.

Pretensioners:

In moderate or severe frontal or nearfrontal accidents, the front air bag and pretensioner systems deploy simultaneously when the seat belt is worn.

If the front seat occupant is not wearing a seat belt, that person's pretensioner will not fire even if the air bag does. The front seat belt retractors remove slack quickly as the air bags are expanding.

In addition, the pretensioner system for the front passenger, like the front passenger air bag, is designed to only deploy in accordance with the total seated weight on the front passenger seat. Any time the air bags and seat belt pretensioners have fired they must be replaced. For details, refer to the front

passenger seat weight sensors (page 2-48).

Load limiter:

The load limiting system releases belt webbing in a controlled manner to reduce belt force on the occupant's chest. While the most severe load on a seat belt occurs in frontal collisions, the load limiter has an automatic mechanical function and can activate in any accident mode with sufficient occupant movement.

Even if the pretensioners have not fired, the load limiting function must be checked by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

WARNING

Wear seat belts only as recommended in this owner's manual:

Incorrect positioning of the driver and front passenger seat belts is dangerous. Without proper positioning, the pretensioner and load limiting systems cannot provide adequate protection in an accident and this could result in serious injury.

For more details about wearing seat belts, refer to

“Fastening the seat belts

” (page 2-14).

2-16

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (29,1)


Seat Belt Systems

WARNING

Have your seat belts changed immediately if the pretensioner or load limiter has been expended:

One or both front air bags may deploy, and the corresponding pretensioner(s) may also deploy at the same time.

While it is safer to use a crash-used seat belt that was used in an accident than no seat belt at all, using a seat belt with an expended pretensioner or load limiter loaded reduces the safety available to you. Like the air bags, the seat belt pretensioners will only function once. After they are expended, they will not function again and must be replaced immediately. If the seat belt pretensioners are not replaced, the risk of injury in a collision will increase. Always have an

Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect the seat belt pretensioners and air bags after any collision. Expended seat belt pretensioners and air bags must be replaced after any collision which caused them to deploy. Additionally, the load limiter will only limit loads on the chest once in a collision and this is another reason to have the front seat belts inspected.

Do not modify the components or wiring, or use electronic testing devices on the pretensioner system:

Modifying the components or wiring of the pretensioner system, including the use of electronic testing devices is dangerous. You could accidentally activate it or make it inoperable which would prevent it from activating in an accident. The occupants or repairers could be seriously injured.

WARNING

Properly dispose of the pretensioner system:

Improper disposal of the pretensioner system or a vehicle with nondeactivated pretensioners is dangerous. Unless all safety procedures are followed, injury could result. Ask an Authorized Mazda

Dealer how to safely dispose of the pretensioner system or how to scrap a pretensioner-equipped vehicle.

NOTE l

The pretensioner system will activate in a moderate or greater frontal or near-frontal collision. The pretensioner system for the front passenger is designed to only deploy in accordance with the total seated weight on the front passenger seat. It will not activate in most rollovers, side or rear impacts.

l

Some smoke (non-toxic gas) will be released when the air bags and pretensioners deploy. This does not indicate a fire. This gas normally has no effect on occupants, however, those with sensitive skin may experience light skin irritation. If residue from the deployment of the air bags or the front pretensioner system gets on the skin or in the eyes, wash it off as soon as possible.

2-17

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (30,1)


Seat Belt Systems

qAir Bag/Front Seat Belt Pretensioner

Systems Warning Light

If the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system is working properly, the warning light illuminates when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or after the engine is cranked. The warning light turns off after a specified period of time.

A system malfunction is indicated if the warning light constantly flashes, constantly illuminates or does not illuminate at all when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position. If either of these occur, consult an Authorized Mazda

Dealer as soon as possible. The system may not work in an accident.

WARNING

Never tamper with the air bag/ pretensioner systems and always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform all servicing and repairs:

Self-servicing or tampering with the systems is dangerous. An air bag/ pretensioner could accidentally activate or become disabled causing serious injury or death.

Center-Rear Position Seat

Belt

Before using the center-rear lap/shoulder belt make sure tongue (A) and anchor buckle (B) are fastened.

(A)

(B)

qFastening the Seat Belt

1. Grasp the tongue (C).

2. Slowly pull out the lap/shoulder belt.

3. Insert the tongue (C) into the buckle

(D) until you hear a click.

(C)

(D)

(A)

(B)

2-18

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (31,1)


Seat Belt Systems

WARNING

Fastening the Center-Rear Seat Belt with Only One Buckle:

Fastening the center-rear seat belt with only one buckle is dangerous. If only one pair of seat belt tongue and buckle, either tongue (A) and anchor buckle (B) or tongue (C) and anchor buckle (D), is fastened, the seat belt cannot provide full protection. In a sudden stop or collision, the user could slide under the belt and suffer serious injuries. Always make sure that both pairs of seat belt tongues and buckles are fastened properly.




4. Position the lap belt as low as possible, not on the abdominal area, then adjust the shoulder belt so that it fits snugly against your body.

WARNING

Positioning the Lap Portion of the

Seat Belt:

The lap portion of the seat belt worn too high is dangerous. In a collision, this would concentrate the impact force directly on the abdominal area, causing serious injury. Wear the lap portion of the belt snugly and as low as possible.

qUnfastening the Seat Belt

Depress the button on the buckle. If the belt does not fully retract, pull it out and check for kinks or twists. Then make sure it remains untwisted as it retracts.

Button

NOTE

If a belt does not fully retract, inspect it for kinks and twists. If it is still not retracting properly, have it inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

2-19

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (32,1)


Seat Belt Systems

qUnfastening the Lap Portion of the Seat Belt

Insert a small object such as a key in the anchor buckle (B) slot.

(A)

(B)

qStowing and pulling out the

Center-Rear Position Seat Belt

The center-rear position seat belt can be stowed using the following procedure.

CAUTION

When stowing the seat belt, make sure the belt is locked securely into the recess. If the seat belt is not properly stowed, it might get caught in the seats and be damaged.

To stow the seat belt, retract the belt, put tongues (A) and (C) together and insert them into the recess.

NOTE

To encourage rear seat passengers to wear their seat belts, we suggest leaving the center-rear lap position of the belt fastened at all times.

qFastening the Lap Portion of the

Seat Belt

Grasp tongue (A) and insert it into the anchor buckle (B) until you hear a click. It is now secure for passenger use.

(A)

(C)

To pull out the seat belt, slide tongues with your finger, and slowly pull out the seat belt from the recess.

NOTE

Pulling out the seat belt all the way out will switch it to automatic locking mode. If automatic locking mode is not needed, retract the seat belt fully to convert it back to emergency locking mode.

2-20

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (33,1)


Seat Belt Systems

Seat Belt Extender

If your seat belt is not long enough, even when fully extended, a seat belt extender may be available to you at no charge from your Authorized Mazda Dealer.

This extender will be only for you and for the particular vehicle and seat. Even if it plugs into other seat belts, it may not hold in the critical moment of a crash.

When ordering an extender, only order one that provides the necessary additional length to fasten the seat belt properly.

Please contact your Authorized Mazda

Dealer for more information.

WARNING

Do not use a seat belt extender unless it is necessary:

Using a seat belt extender when not necessary is dangerous. The seat belt will be too long and not fit properly. In an accident, the seat belt will not provide adequate protection and you could be seriously injured. Only use the extender when it is required to fasten the seat belt properly.

Do not use an improper extender:

Using a seat belt extender that is for another person or a different vehicle or seat is dangerous. The seat belt will not provide adequate protection and the user could be seriously injured in an accident. Only use the extender provided for you and for the particular vehicle and seat. NEVER use the extender in a different vehicle or seat.

WARNING

Do not use an extender that is too long:

Using an extender that is too long is dangerous. The seat belt will not fit properly. In an accident, the seat belt will not provide adequate protection and you could be seriously injured. Do not use the extender or choose one shorter in length if the distance between the extender's buckle and the center of the user's body is less than

15cm (6 in).

NOTE

When not in use, remove the seat belt extender and store it in the vehicle. If the seat belt extender is left connected, the seat belt extender might get damaged as it will not retract with the rest of the seat belt and can easily fall out of the door when not in use and be damaged. In addition, the seat belt warning light will not illuminate and function properly.

2-21

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (34,1)


Seat Belt Systems

Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep

The seat belt warning light illuminates and a beep sound will be heard if the driver's seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position.

Conditions of operation

Condition

The driver's seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position.

The driver's seat belt is fastened while the warning light and the beep sound are activated.

The driver's seat belt is fastened before the ignition switch is turned to the ON position.

Result

The warning light flashes and a beep sound will be heard for about 6 seconds.

The warning light turns off and the beep sound stops.

The warning light will not illuminate and the beep sound will not be heard.

qBelt Minder

NOTE

The belt minder can be deactivated.

Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer to deactivate and restore the seat belt minder.

Driver seated/Front passenger not seated

The belt minder is a supplemental warning to the seat belt warning function.

If the driver's seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switch is turned to the

ON position, the warning light/beep operates to give you further reminders according to the chart below.

Condition

Vehicle speed

Between 0

― 20 km/h

(0

― 12 mph)

20 km/h

(12 mph) or more

Seat belt

Indicator

Beep

: Fastened

: Unfastened

: Illuminated

: Flashing

: Beep

Once the beep sound is heard, it continues sounding even if the vehicle speed lowers to 20 km/h (12 mph) or less until the seatbelt is fastened or the beep sound period has passed.

2-22

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Driver seated/Front passenger seated

The seat belt warning light/beep reminds the front passenger to fasten the seat belt according to the chart below.

Condition

Vehicle speed

Between 0

― 20 km/h

(0

― 12 mph)

20 km/h

(12 mph) or more

Seat belt

(Driver)

Seat belt

(Passenger)

Indicator

Beep

: Fastened

: Unfastened

: Illuminated

: Flashing

: Beep


NOTE l

To allow the front passenger seat weight sensor to function properly, do not place and sit on an additional seat cushion on the front passenger seat. The sensor may not function properly because the additional seat cushion could cause sensor interference.

l

Placing packages, luggage, pets or other items on the front passenger seat may cause the front passenger belt minder warning light and beep to operate depending on the weight of the item.

Form No.8V77-EA-06F

Black plate (35,1)


Seat Belt Systems

2-23



Black plate (36,1)


Child Restraint

Child Restraint Precautions

Mazda strongly urges the use of child-restraint systems for children small enough to use them.

You are required by law to use a child-restraint system for children in the U.S. and Canada.

Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements regarding the safety of children riding in your vehicle.

Whatever child-restraint system you consider, please pick the appropriate one for the age and size of the child, obey the law and follow the instructions that come with the individual child-restraint system.

A child who has outgrown child-restraint systems should sit in the rear and use seat belts, both lap and shoulder. If the shoulder belt crosses the neck or face, move the child closer to the center of the vehicle in the outboard seats, and towards the buckle on the right if the child is seated on the center seat.

Statistics confirm that the rear seat is the best place for all children up to 12 years of age, and more so with a supplemental restraint system (air bags).

A rear-facing child-restraint system should NEVER be used on the front seat with the air bag system activated. The front passenger's seat is also the least preferred seat for other child-restraint systems.

To reduce the chance of injuries caused by deployment of the front passenger air bag, the front passenger seat weight sensors work as a part of the supplemental restraint system.

This system deactivates the front passenger front and side air bags and also the front passenger seat belt pretensioner system when the total seated weight on the front passenger seat is less than approximately 30 kg (66 lb).

When an infant or small child sits on the front passenger seat, the system shuts off the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system, so make sure the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.

Even if the front passenger air bag is shut off, Mazda strongly recommends that children be properly restrained and child-restraint systems of all kinds are properly secured on the rear seats which are the best place for children.

For more details, refer to

“Front passenger seat weight sensors” (page 2-48).

2-24

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (37,1)


Child Restraint

WARNING

Use the correct size child-restraint system:

For effective protection in vehicle accidents and sudden stops, a child must be properly restrained using a seat belt or child-restraint system depending on age and size. If not, the child could be seriously injured or even killed in an accident.

Follow the manufacturer's instructions and always keep the child-restraint system buckled down:

An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision it could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Make sure any child-restraint system is properly secured in place according to the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions. When not in use, remove it from the vehicle or fasten it with a seat belt, or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchors for LATCH child-restraint systems and the corresponding tether anchor.

Always secure a child in a proper child-restraint system:

Holding a child in your arms while the vehicle is moving is extremely dangerous. No matter how strong the person may be, he or she cannot hold onto a child in a sudden stop or collision and it could result in serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Even in a moderate accident, the child may be exposed to air bag forces that could result in serious injury or death to the child, or the child may be slammed into an adult, causing injury to both child and adult.

Never use a rear-facing child-restraint system in the front seat with an air bag that could deploy:

Rear-facing child-restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous even though you may feel assured that a front passenger air bag will not deploy based on the fact that the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.

The child-restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violently backward resulting in serious injury or death to the child.

2-25

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (38,1)


Child Restraint

WARNING

Do not install a front-facing child-restraint system on the front passenger seat unless it is unavoidable:

In a collision, the force of a deploying air bag could cause serious injury or death to the child. If installing a front-facing child-restraint system on the front passenger seat is unavoidable, move the front passenger seat as back as possible.

Seating a child in a child-restraint system on the front passenger seat is dangerous:

Vehicles equipped with front passenger seat weight sensors are also equipped with a

front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light (page 2-33). Even with the front

passenger seat weight sensors, if you must use the front passenger seat for children, seating a child in a child-restraint system on the front passenger seat under the following conditions increases the danger of the front passenger air bag deploying and could result in serious injury or death to the child.

l l

The total seated weight of the child with the child-restraint system on the front passenger seat is approximately 30 kg (66 lb) or more with a child in the childrestraint system.

Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child-restraint system.

l l l l l l

A rear passenger or luggage push or pull down on the front passenger seatback.

A rear passenger puts their feet on the front seat rails.

Luggage or other items are placed on the seatback or hung on the head restraint.

The seat is washed.

Liquids are spilled on the seat.

The front passenger seat is moved backward, pushing into luggage or other items placed behind it.

l l l

The front passenger seatback contacts the rear seat.

Luggage or other items are placed between the front passenger seat and driver seat.

Any accessories, which might increase the total seated weight on the front passenger seat, are attached to the front passenger seat.

The designated positions with seat belts on the rear seats are the safest places for children. Always use seat belts and child restraints.

2-26

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (39,1)


Child Restraint

WARNING

Do not allow a child to lean over or against the side window of a vehicle with side and curtain air bags:

It is dangerous to allow anyone to lean over or against the side window, the area of the front passenger seat, the front and rear window pillars and the roof edge along both sides from which the side and curtain air bags deploy, even if a child-restraint system is used. If the vehicle is equipped with side and curtain air bags, the impact of inflation could cause serious injury or death to the child. Furthermore, leaning over or against the front door could block the side and curtain air bags and eliminate the advantages of supplemental protection. With the front air bag and the additional side air bag that comes out of the front seat, the rear seat is always a better location for children. Do not allow a child to lean over or against the side window, even if the child is seated in a child-restraint system.

Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time:

Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous. A seat belt used in this way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengers could be crushed together and seriously injured or even killed. Never use one belt for more than one person at a time and always operate the vehicle with each occupant properly restrained.

CAUTION

A seat belt or child-restraint system can become very hot in a closed vehicle during warm weather. To avoid burning yourself or a child, check them before you or your child touches them.

NOTE

Your Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designed LATCH child-restraint systems in the rear seat. When using these anchors to secure a child-restraint system, refer to

“LATCH Child-Restraint Systems” (page 2-35).

2-27

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (40,1)


Child Restraint

Installing Child-Restraint

Systems

Accident statistics reveal that a child is safer in the rear seat. The front passenger's seat is clearly the worst choice for any child under 12, and with rear-facing childrestraint systems it is clearly unsafe due to air bags.

Some child-restraint systems now come with tethers and therefore must be installed on the seats that take tethers to be effective. In your Mazda, tethered child-restraint systems can only be accommodated in the three positions on the rear seat.

Even if your vehicle is equipped with front passenger seat weight sensors (page

2-48), which automatically deactivates the

front passenger air bag, a rear seat is the safest place for a child of any age or size.

Some child-restraint systems also employ specially designed LATCH attachments; refer to

“LATCH Child-Restraint

Systems

” (page 2-35).

WARNING

Tethered Child-Restraint Systems

Work Only on Tether-Equipped Rear

Seats:

Installation of a tether equipped childrestraint system in the front passenger's seat defeats the safety design of the system and will result in an increased chance of serious injury if the child-restraint system goes forward without benefit of being tethered.

Place tether equipped child-restraint systems where there are tether anchors.

qRear Outboard Seat Child-

Restraint System Installation

Follow these instructions when using a child-restraint system, unless you are attaching a LATCH-equipped childrestraint system to the rear LATCH lower anchors. Refer to

“LATCH Child-

Restraint Systems

” (page 2-35).

NOTE

Follow the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions carefully. If you are not sure whether you have a

LATCH system or tether, check in the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions and follow them accordingly. Depending on the type of child-restraint system, it may not employ seat belts which are in automatic locking mode.

2-28

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (41,1)


Child Restraint

1. Secure the child-restraint system with the lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.

See the manufacturer's instructions on the child-restraint system for belt routing instructions.

2. To get the retractor into the automatic locking mode, pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt until the entire length of the belt is out of the retractor.

NOTE

Inspect this function before each use of the child-restraint system. You should not be able to pull the shoulder belt out of the retractor while the system is in the automatic locking mode. When you remove the child-restraint system, be sure the belt fully retracts to return the system to emergency locking mode before occupants use the seat belts.

4. If your child-restraint system requires the use of a tether strap, refer to the manufacturer's instructions to hook and tighten the tether strap after raising the head restraint.

Anchor bracket location

3. Push the child-restraint system firmly into the vehicle seat. Be sure the belt retracts as snugly as possible. Clicking from the retractor will be heard during retraction if the system is in the automatic locking mode. If the belt does not lock the seat down tight, repeat this step.

Tether strap position

Tether strap

Anchor bracket

2-29

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (42,1)


Child Restraint

WARNING

Use the tether and tether anchor only for a child-restraint system:

Using the tether or tether anchor to secure anything but a child-restraint system is dangerous. This could weaken or damage the tether or tether anchor and result in injury.

Always route the tether strap between the head restraint and the seatback:

Routing the tether strap on top of the head restraint is dangerous. In a collision the tether strap could slide off the head restraint and loosen the child-restraint system. The childrestraint system could move which may result in death or injury to the child.

Always attach the tether strap to the correct tether anchor position:

Attaching the tether strap to the incorrect tether anchor position is dangerous. In a collision, the tether strap could come off and loosen the child-restraint system. If the childrestraint system moves it could result in death or injury to the child.

qCenter-Rear Seat Child-Restraint

System Installation

1. Make sure the seatback is securely latched by pushing it back until it is fully locked.

2. Secure the child-restraint system with the seat belt, according to the manufacturer's instructions.

3. Secure the tether strap according to the child-restraint system manufacturer's instruction.


Anchor bracket


Cover

Anchor bracket

Cover

Tether strap

2-30

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (43,1)

WARNING


Child-restraint system anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly installed childrestraint systems.Under no circumstances are they to be used for adult seat belts, harnesses, or for attaching other items or equipment to the vehicle.




Child Restraint

qIf You Must Use the Front Seat for Children

If you cannot put all children in the rear seat, at least put the smallest children in the rear and be sure the largest child up front uses the shoulder belt over the shoulder.

NEVER put a rear-facing child-restraint system on the front passenger seat, even with a seat weight sensor equipped vehicle.

This seat is also not set up for tethered child-restraint systems, put them in one of the rear seat positions set up with tether anchors.

Likewise the LATCH child-restraint system cannot be secured in the front passenger's seat and should be used in the rear seat.

Don't allow anyone to sleep against the side window if you have an optional side and curtain air bag, it could cause serious injuries to an out of position occupant. As children more often sleep in cars, it is better to put them in the rear seat. If installing the child-restraint system on the front seat is unavoidable, follow these instructions when using a front-facing child-restraint system in the front passenger's seat.

2-31

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (44,1)


Child Restraint

NOTE l

To check if your front seats have side air bags:

Mazda vehicles equipped with side air bag will have a

“SRS AIRBAG” tag on the outboard shoulder of the front seats.

l

To check if your vehicle has curtain air bags:

Mazda vehicles equipped with curtain air bag will have an

“SRS

AIRBAG

” marking on the front and rear window pillars along the roof edge.

WARNING

Always move the front passenger seat as far back as possible if installing a front-facing child-restraint system on it is unavoidable:

As your vehicle has front air bags and doubly so if your vehicle has side air bags, a front-facing child-restraint system should be put on the front passenger seat only when it is unavoidable.

Even if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates, always move the seat as far back as possible, because the force of a deploying air bag could cause serious injury or death to the child.

WARNING


Rear-facing child-restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous.

Even in a moderate collision, the child-restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violently backward resulting in serious injury or death to the child. Even though you may feel assured that the front passenger air bag will not deploy based on the fact that the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.

2-32

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (45,1)

WARNING

Do not allow a child to lean over or against the side window of a vehicle with side and curtain air bags:

It is dangerous to allow anyone to lean over or against the side window, the area of the front passenger seat, the front and rear window pillars and the roof edge along both sides from which the side and curtain air bags deploy, even if a child-restraint system is used.

If the vehicle is equipped with side and curtain air bags, the impact of inflation could cause serious injury or death to the child. Furthermore, leaning over or against the front door could block the side and curtain air bags and eliminate the advantages of supplemental protection. With the front air bag and the additional side air bag that comes out of the front seat, the rear seat is always a better location for children. Do not allow a child to lean over or against the side window, even if the child is seated in a child-restraint system.


Child Restraint

qFront Passenger's Seat Child-

Restraint System Installation

1. Slide the seat as far back as possible.

2. Secure the child-restraint system with the lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.

See the manufacturer's instructions on the child-restraint system for belt routing instructions.

3. To get the retractor into the automatic locking mode, pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt until the entire length of the belt is out of the retractor.

4. Push the child-restraint system firmly into the vehicle seat. Be sure the belt retracts as snugly as possible. Clicking from the retractor will be heard during retraction if the system is in automatic locking mode. If the belt does not lock the seat down tight, repeat the previous step and also this one.

2-33

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (46,1)


Child Restraint

NOTE l

Inspect this function before each use of the child-restraint system. You should not be able to pull the shoulder belt out of the retractor while the system is in the automatic locking mode. When you remove the child-restraint system, be sure the belt fully retracts to return the system to emergency locking mode before occupants use the seat belts.

l

Follow the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions carefully.

Depending on the type of childrestraint system, it may not employ seat belts which are in automatic locking mode.

5. Make sure the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates after installing a child-restraint system on the front passenger seat.

Refer to Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light on page

2-48.

WARNING

Do not seat a child in a child-restraint system on the front passenger seat if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminated:

While it is always better to install any child-restraint system on the rear seat, it is imperative that a child-restraint system ONLY be used on the front passenger seat if the deactivation indicator light illuminates when the child is seated in the child-restraint

system (page 2-48). Seating a child in

a child-restraint system installed on the front passenger seat with the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light not illuminated is dangerous. If this indicator light does not illuminate even when the total seated weight is less than approximately 30 kg (66 lb), this means that the front passenger front and side air bags, and seat belt pretensioner are ready for deployment.

If an accident were to deploy an air bag, a child in a child-restraint system sitting in the front passenger seat could be seriously injured or killed. If the indicator light does not illuminate after seating a child in a childrestraint system on the front passenger seat, seat a child in a child-restraint system on the rear seat and consult an

Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.

2-34

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (47,1)


Child Restraint

LATCH Child-Restraint Systems

Your Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designed

LATCH child-restraint systems in the rear seat. Both anchors must be used, otherwise the seat will bounce around and put the child in danger. Most LATCH child-restraint systems must also be used in conjunction with a tether to be effective. If they have a tether you must use it to better assure your child's safety.

WARNING

Follow the manufacturer's instructions for the use of the child-restraint system:

An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision it could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Make sure the child-restraint system is properly secured in place according to the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions.

Never attach two child-restraint systems to the same LATCH lower anchor:

Attaching two child-restraint systems to the same LATCH lower anchor is dangerous.

In a collision, one anchor may not be strong enough to hold two child-restraint system attachments, and it may break, causing serious injury or death. If you use the seat position for another child-restraint system when an outboard LATCH position is occupied, use the center seat belts instead, and the tether if tether-equipped.

Make sure the child-restraint system is properly secured:

An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision it could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Follow the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions on belt routing to secure the seat just as you would with a child in it so that nobody is tempted to put a child in an improperly secured seat later on. When not in use, remove it from the vehicle or fasten it with a seat belt, or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchors for LATCH childrestraint systems.

Make sure there are no seat belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH childrestraint system:

Not following the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions when installing the child-restraint system is dangerous. If seat belts or a foreign object prevent the child-restraint system from being securely attached to the LATCH lower anchors and the child-restraint system is installed improperly, the child-restraint system could move in a sudden stop or collision causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. When installing the child-restraint system, make sure there are no seat belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH lower anchors. Always follow the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions.

2-35

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (48,1)


Child Restraint

qLATCH Child-Restraint System

Installation Procedure (Rear

Outboard Seats)

1. Expand the area between the seat bottom and the seatback slightly to verify the locations of the LATCH lower anchors.



Tether strap

NOTE

The markings above the LATCH lower anchors indicate the locations of

LATCH lower anchors for the attachment of a child-restraint system.

2. Secure the child-restraint system using

BOTH LATCH lower anchors, following the child-restraint system manufacturer's instruction.

3. If your child-restraint system came equipped with a tether, that probably means it is very important to properly secure the tether for child safety. Please carefully follow the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions when installing tethers.

Anchor bracket

WARNING



2-36

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (49,1)

WARNING

Always route the tether strap between the head restraint and the seatback:

Routing the tether strap on top of the head restraint is dangerous. In a collision the tether strap could slide off the head restraint and loosen the child-restraint system. The childrestraint system could move which may result in death or injury to the child.




Child Restraint

qLATCH Child-Restraint System

Installation Procedure (Rear

Center Seat)

The LATCH lower anchors at the center of the rear seat are much further apart than the sets of LATCH lower anchors for child-restraint system installation at other seating positions. Child-restraint systems with rigid LATCH attachments cannot be installed on the center seating position.

Some LATCH equipped child-restraint systems can be placed in the center position and will reach the nearest

LATCH lower anchors which are 466 mm

(18.35 in) apart. LATCH compatible child-restraint systems (with attachments on belt webbing) can be used at this seating position only if the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions state that the child-restraint system can be installed to LATCH lower anchors that are

466 mm (18.35 in) apart. Do not attach two child-restraint systems to the same

LATCH lower anchor. If your childrestraint system has a tether, it must also be used for your child's optimum safety.

1. Make sure the seatback is securely latched by pushing it back until it is fully locked.

2-37

Form No.8V77-EA-06F




Child Restraint

2. Expand the area between the seat bottom and the seatback slightly to verify the locations of the LATCH lower anchors.

Black plate (50,1)


Cover

Anchor bracket


NOTE

The markings above the LATCH lower anchors indicate the locations of

LATCH lower anchors for the attachment of a child-restraint system.

3. Secure the child-restraint system using

BOTH LATCH lower anchors, following the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions.

4. If your child-restraint system came equipped with a tether, that probably means it is very important to properly secure the tether for child safety. Please carefully follow the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions when installing tethers.

Cover

Anchor bracket

Tether strap

2-38

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



WARNING





Black plate (51,1)


Child Restraint

Form No.8V77-EA-06F

2-39



Black plate (52,1)


SRS Air Bags

Supplemental Restraint Systems (SRS) Precautions

The front and side supplemental restraint systems (SRS) include up to 6 air bags (verify

“SRS AIRBAG” location indicator marks).

They are located in: l

The steering wheel hub (driver air bag) l

The front passenger dashboard (front passenger air bag) l

The outboard sides of the front seatbacks (side air bags) l

The front and rear window pillars, and the roof edge along both sides (curtain air bags)

These systems operate independently depending on the type of accident encountered; if you have side and curtain air bags, the side and curtain air bags are not likely to deploy on both sides in the same accident because a vehicle is not often hit from both sides. The side and curtain air bags and the frontal air bag system will not normally deploy during the same type of accident unless a combination of frontal and side impacts occur.

The air bag supplemental restraint systems are designed to provide supplemental protection only in the front seats in certain situations and the rear outside passenger positions only in same-side collisions, so seat belts are always important in the following ways:

Without seat belt usage, the air bags cannot provide adequate protection during an accident.

Seat belt usage is necessary to: l

Keep the occupant from being thrown into an inflating air bag.

l

Reduce the possibility of injuries during an accident that is not designed for air bag inflation, such as roll-over or rear impact.

l

Reduce the possibility of injuries in frontal or side collisions that are not severe enough to activate the air bags.

l

Reduce the possibility of being thrown from your vehicle.

l

Reduce the possibility of injuries to lower body and legs during an accident because the air bags provide no protection to these parts of the body.

l

Hold the driver in a position which allows better control of the vehicle.

Children should be protected by a child-restraint system as stipulated by law in every state and province. In certain states and provinces, laws vary on the size a child must be to use a

child-restraint system (page 2-24).

Carefully consider which child-restraint system is necessary for your child and follow the installation directions in this Owner's Manual as well as the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions.

2-40

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (53,1)


SRS Air Bags

WARNING

Seat belts must be worn in air bag equipped vehicles:

Depending only on the air bags for protection during an accident is dangerous. Alone, air bags may not prevent serious injuries. The appropriate air bags can be expected to inflate only in the first collision with frontal, near frontal or side forces that are at least moderate. Vehicle occupants should always wear seat belts.

Children should not ride in the front passenger seat:

Placing a child, 12 years or under, in the front seat is dangerous. The child could be hit by a deploying air bag and be seriously injured or even killed. A sleeping child is more likely to lean against the door and be hit by the side air bag in a moderate, rightside collision. Whenever possible, always secure a child 12 years and under on the rear seat with an appropriate child-restraint system for the child's age and size.


Rear-facing child-restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous even though you may feel assured that a front passenger air bag will not deploy based on the fact that the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.

The child-restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violently backward resulting in serious injury or death to the child.

Do not sit too close to the driver and front passenger air bags:

Sitting too close to the driver and front passenger air bag modules or placing hands or feet on them is extremely dangerous. The driver and front passenger air bags inflate with great force and speed. Serious injuries could occur if someone is too close. The driver should always hold onto only the rim of the steering wheel. The front seat passenger should keep both feet on the floor. Front seat occupants should adjust their seats as far back as possible and always sit upright against the seatbacks with seat belts worn properly.

2-41

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (54,1)


SRS Air Bags

WARNING

Sit in the center of the seat and wear seat belts properly:

Sitting too close to the side air bag modules or placing hands on them is extremely dangerous. The side air bags inflate with great force and speed directly out of the outboard side of the front seat and expand along the front door on the side the car is hit. Serious injury could occur if someone is sitting too close to the door or leaning against a window, or if rear seat occupants grab the sides of the front seatbacks.

Furthermore, sleeping up against the door or hanging out the windows in the vehicle could block the side and curtain air bags and eliminate the advantages of supplemental protection. Give the side and curtain air bags room to work by sitting in the center of the seat while the vehicle is moving with seat belts worn properly.

Do not attach objects on or around the area where driver and front passenger air bags deploy:

Attaching an object to the driver and front passenger air bag modules or placing something in front of them is dangerous. In an accident, an object could interfere with air bag inflation and injure the occupants.

Do not attach objects on or around the area where a side air bag deploys:

Attaching objects to a front seat in such a way as to cover the outboard side of the seat in any way is dangerous. In an accident the object could interfere with the side air bag, which inflates from the outboard side of the front seats, impeding the added protection of the side air bag system or redirecting the air bag in a way that is dangerous. Furthermore, the bag could be cut open releasing the gas.

Do not hang net bags, map pouches or backpacks with side straps on the front seats.

Never use seat covers on the front seats. Always keep the side air bag modules in your front seats free to deploy in the event of a side collision.

Do not attach objects on or around the area where a curtain air bag deploys:

Attaching objects to the areas where the curtain air bag deploys such as on the windshield glass, side door glass, front and rear window pillars, and along the roof edge and assist grips is dangerous. In an accident the object could interfere with the curtain air bag, which inflates from the front and rear window pillars and along the roof edge, impeding the added protection of the curtain air bag system or redirecting the air bag in a way that is dangerous. Furthermore, the bag could be cut open spewing exhaust.

Do not place hangers or any other objects on the assist grips. When hanging clothes, hang them on the coat hook directly. Always keep the curtain air bag modules free to deploy in the event of a side collision.

2-42

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (55,1)


SRS Air Bags

WARNING

Do not touch the components of the supplemental restraint system after the air bags have inflated:

Touching the components of the supplemental restraint system after the air bags have inflated is dangerous. Immediately after inflation, they are very hot. You could get burned.

Never install any front-end equipment to your vehicle:

Installation of front-end equipment, such as frontal protection bar (kangaroo bar, bull bar, push bar, or other similar devices.), snowplow, or winches is dangerous. The air bag crash sensor system could be affected. This could cause air bags to inflate unexpectedly, or it could prevent the air bags from inflating during an accident. Front occupants could be seriously injured.

Do not modify the suspension:

Modifying the vehicle suspension is dangerous. If the vehicle's height or the suspension is modified, the vehicle will be unable to accurately detect a collision resulting in incorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of serious injuries.

Do not modify the supplemental restraint system:

Modifying the components or wiring of the supplemental restraint system is dangerous. You could accidentally activate it or make it inoperable. Do not make any modifications to the supplemental restraint system. This includes installing trim, badges, or anything else over the air bag modules. It also includes installing extra electrical equipment on or near system components or wiring. An Authorized Mazda

Dealer can provide the special care needed in the removal and installation of front seats. It is important to protect the side and curtain air bag wiring and connections to assure that the bags do not accidentally deploy and that the seats retain an undamaged air bag connection.

Do not place luggage or other objects under the front seats:

Placing luggage or other objects under the front seats is dangerous. The components essential to the supplemental restraint system could be damaged, and in the event of a side collision, the appropriate air bags may not deploy, which could result in death or serious injury. To prevent damage to the components essential to the supplemental restraint system, do not place luggage or other objects under the front seats.

2-43

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (56,1)


SRS Air Bags

NOTE l

When an air bag deploys, a loud inflation noise can be heard and some smoke will be released. Neither is likely to cause injury, however, the texture of the air bags may cause light skin injuries on body parts not covered with clothing through friction.

l

Should you sell your Mazda, we urge you to tell the new owner of its air bag systems and that familiarization with all instructions about them, from the Owner's Manual, is important.

2-44

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (57,1)


SRS Air Bags

Supplemental Restraint System Components

The supplemental restraint systems (SRS) have two basic subsystems: l

The air bag system with inflators and air bags.

l

The electrical system with crash sensors and diagnostic module.

The air bags are mounted in the following locations: l

The steering wheel hub l

The front passenger dashboard l

The outboard sides of the front seatbacks l

The front and rear window pillars, and the roof edge along both sides

The air bags are out of sight until activated.

Form No.8V77-EA-06F

2-45




SRS Air Bags

qFront Air Bag System Components

(2)

(1)

Black plate (58,1)

(3)

(4)

(6)

(10)

(7)

(9)

(8)

(6)

(1) Driver seat slide position sensor (page 2-48)

(2) Front seats

(3) Front dual stage inflators and air bags

(4) Front air bag sensor

(5) Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light (page 2-48)

(6) Front seat belt pretensioner and load limiting systems (page 2-16)

(7) Front passenger seat weight sensors (page 2-48)

(8) Front passenger seat weight sensor control module

(9) Crash sensors and diagnostic module (SAS unit)

(10) Driver and front passenger seat belt buckle switches (page 2-48)

(5)

2-46

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



qSide and Curtain Air Bag System Components

(2)

(1)

Black plate (59,1)


SRS Air Bags

(1)

(4)

(3)

(1) Side and curtain inflators and air bags

(2) Front seats

(3) Crash sensors and diagnostic module (SAS unit)

(4) Side crash sensor

2-47

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (60,1)


SRS Air Bags

How the Air Bags Work qHow the Front Air Bags Work

When air bag crash sensors detect a frontal impact of greater than moderate force, an electrical current is sent to the inflators.

Gases are produced to inflate the front air bags and after the inflation, the front air bags quickly deflate.

The front air bags will function only once. After that, the front air bags will not work again and must be replaced.

Only an Authorized Mazda Dealer can replace the system components.

The front, dual stage air bags control air bag inflation in two energy stages. During an impact of moderate severity the front air bags deploy with lesser energy, whereas during more severe impacts, they deploy with more energy. Deployment of the front air bags may differ between the driver and the front passenger depending on the driver seat position, front passenger weight and front seat belt usage, all of which provide data from each sensor to the air bag system.

The front air bags will deploy only in a frontal or frontal offset impact.

Driver seat slide position sensor

Your vehicle is equipped with a driver seat slide position sensor as a part of the supplemental restraint system. The sensor is located under the driver seat. The sensor determines whether the driver seat is fore or aft of a reference position and sends the seat position to the diagnostic module (SAS unit). The sensor is also designed to control the deployment of the driver air bag depending on how close the driver seat is to the steering wheel.

The air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes if the sensor has a

possible malfunction (page 2-56).

2-48

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (61,1)


SRS Air Bags

Front passenger seat weight sensors

Your vehicle is also equipped with the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light

(page 2-33). These sensors are located under both of the front passenger seat rails. These

sensors determine the total seated weight on the front passenger seat. The sensors are also designed to prevent the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system from deploying if the total seated weight is less than approximately 30 kg (66 lb).

To reduce the chance of injuries caused by deployment of the front passenger air bag, the system deactivates the front passenger front and side air bags and also the seat belt pretensioner system when: l

There is no passenger in the front passenger seat. (The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate.) l

The total seated weight on the front passenger seat is less than approximately 30 kg (66 lb). (The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.)

This system shuts off the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system, so make sure the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates according to the following table.

The air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes and the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates if the sensors have a possible malfunction. If this happens, the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system will not deploy.

Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light

This indicator light illuminates to remind you that the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner will not deploy during a collision.

If the front passenger weight sensors are working properly, the indicator light illuminates when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position. After about 6 seconds it goes out.

2-49

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (62,1)


SRS Air Bags

The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates or is off under the following conditions:

Total seated weight on the front passenger seat

Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light

Front passenger front and side air bags

OFF OFF

Front passenger seat belt pretensioner system

OFF Empty (Not occupied)

*

Less than approx. 30 kg

(66 lb)

Approx. 42 kg (93 lb) or more

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

* If the front passenger seat belt is buckled, the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates, however this does not indicate a malfunction.

If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position and does not illuminate as indicated in the above chart, do not allow a child to sit in the front passenger seat and consult an

Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible. The system may not work properly in an accident.

WARNING

Do not decrease the total seated weight on the front passenger seat:

When an adult or large child sits on the front passenger seat, decreasing the total seated weight on the front passenger seat from the total seated weight of approximately 42 kg (93 lb) required for air bag deployment is dangerous. The front passenger seat weight sensors will detect the reduced total seated weight condition and the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system will not deploy during an accident. The front passenger will not have the supplementary protection of the air bag, which could result in serious injury. Decreasing the total seated weight on the front passenger seat from the total seated weight of approximately 42 kg (93 lb) could result in an air bag not deploying under the following conditions, for example: l l

A rear passenger pushes up on the front passenger seat with the feet.

Luggage or other items placed under the front passenger seat or between the front passenger seat and driver seat that push up the front passenger seat bottom.

l

The front passenger seat occupant sits in a manner that does not place the entire weight of the occupant on the seat such as by sitting too close to the door, grasping the assist grip or the rim of the moonroof and sitting with the seatback reclined too far.

l

Any accessories which might decrease the total seated weight on the front passenger seat are attached to the front passenger seat.

The front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systems will deactivate if the total seated weight on the front passenger seat is close to 30 kg (66 lb) and they will reactivate before the weight exceeds 42 kg (93 lb).

2-50

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (63,1)


SRS Air Bags

WARNING

Do not increase the total seated weight on the front passenger seat:

When an infant or small child sits on the front passenger seat, increasing the total seated weight on the front passenger seat from the total seated weight of approximately 30 kg (66 lb) is dangerous. The front passenger seat weight sensors will detect the increased total seated weight, which could result in the unexpected deployment of the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system in an accident and may cause serious injury. Increasing the total seated weight on the front passenger seat beyond the total seated weight of approximately 30 kg (66 lb) could result in the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system deployment in an accident under the following conditions, for example: l l

Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child-restraint system.

A rear passenger or luggage push or pull down on the front passenger seatback.

l l l l

A rear passenger steps on the front passenger seat rails with the feet.

Luggage or other items are placed on the seatback or hung on the head restraint.

The seat is washed.

Liquids are spilled on the seat.

l l l l

The front passenger seat is moved backward, pushing into luggage or other items placed behind it.

The front passenger seatback contacts the rear seat.

Luggage or other items are placed between the front passenger seat and driver seat.

Any accessories which might increase the total seated weight on the front passenger seat are attached to the front passenger seat.

The front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systems will deactivate if the total seated weight on the front passenger seat is less than approximately 30 kg (66 lb) and they will reactivate when the weight exceeds approximately 42 kg (93 lb).

2-51

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (64,1)


SRS Air Bags

CAUTION l

To assure proper deployment of the front air bag and to prevent damage to the sensors in the front seat bottoms: l l l l

Do not place sharp objects on the front seat bottoms or leave heavy luggage on them.

Do not spill any liquids on the front seats or under the front seats.

l

To allow the sensors to function properly, always perform the following:

Adjust the front seats as far back as possible and always sit upright against the seatbacks with seat belts worn properly.

If you place your child on the front passenger seat, secure the child-restraint system

properly and slide the front passenger seat as far back as possible (page 2-33).

NOTE l

The system requires about 10 seconds to alternate between turning the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system on or off.

l

The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may illuminate repeatedly if luggage or other items are put on the front passenger seat, or if the temperature of the vehicle's interior changes suddenly.

l

The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may illuminate for 10 seconds if the total seated weight on the front passenger seat changes.

l

If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate after installing a child-restraint system on the front passenger seat, install the child-restraint system on the rear seat and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.

Driver and front passenger buckle switches

The buckle switches on the front seat belts detect whether or not the front seat belts are securely fastened and further control the deployment of the air bags.

2-52

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (65,1)


SRS Air Bags

qHow the Side and Curtain Air Bags Work

When air bag crash sensors detect a side impact of greater than moderate force, an electrical current is sent to the inflators.

Gases are produced to inflate the side and curtain air bags and after the inflation, the side and curtain air bags quickly deflate. However, the side bag system for the front passenger is designed to only deploy in accordance with the total seated weight on the front passenger seat.

The side and curtain air bags will function only once. After that, the side and curtain air bags will not work again and must be replaced. Only an Authorized Mazda Dealer can replace the systems.

The side and curtain air bag will deploy only on the side the vehicle receives the force of the impact.

qAir Bag Activation/Deactivation

NOTE

If the front passenger seat weight sensors detect a total seated weight on the front passenger seat is less than approximately 42 kg (93 lb), the front passenger front and side

air bags and seat belt pretensioner may not deploy (page 2-48), but the curtain air bags

may deploy.

2-53

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (66,1)


SRS Air Bags

Front air bag activation

The front air bags will inflate if the severity of impact is above the designed threshold level.

l

Hitting a solid wall straight on at greater than about 22 km/h (14 mph).

l

Driving into a big hole or hitting the far side of a hole.

l

Hitting a curb, pavement edge or hard object.

Limitations to front air bag activation

Depending on the severity of impact, the front air bags may not inflate in the following cases: l

Impacts involving trees or poles cause severe cosmetic damage but may not have enough stopping force to activate the air bag.

l

Landing hard or the vehicle falling.

l

Frontal offset impact to the vehicle may not provide the stopping force necessary for air bag deployment.

l

Frontal impact within about a 30 degree range from head-on to the vehicle.

2-54

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (67,1)


SRS Air Bags l

Rear-ending or running under a truck's tail gate may not provide the stopping force necessary for air bag deployment.

Side and curtain air bag activation

The severity of impact above the designed threshold level to one side of the vehicle

(driver or passenger side areas) will cause the side and curtain air bags on that side to inflate, but it will not normally deploy the front air bags.

Non-activation of front air bags

Front air bags will not normally inflate in the following cases: l

Collision from the rear.

l

Impact to the side, but it may deploy the side and curtain air bags.

Limitations to side and curtain air bag activation

Depending on the severity of impact, the side and curtain air bags may not inflate in the following cases: l

Frontal offset impact may not provide enough side impact to deploy the side and curtain air bags.

l

Vehicle roll-over, may deploy the side and curtain air bags but not the front air bags.

l

Side impacts involving trees or poles can cause severe cosmetic damage but may not have enough impact force to activate the side and curtain air bags.

2-55

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (68,1)


SRS Air Bags l

Vehicle roll-over may not provide enough side force to deploy the side and curtain air bags.

l

Side impacts with two-wheeled vehicles may not provide enough force to deploy the side and curtain air bags.

Non-activation of side and curtain air bag

The side and curtain air bags will not normally inflate in the following cases: l

Collision from the rear.

qConstant Monitoring

The following components of the air bag systems are monitored by a diagnostic system: l

SAS unit l

Front air bag sensor l

Air bag modules l

Side crash sensors l

Front seat belt pretensioners l

Related wiring l

Driver seat slide position sensor l

Front passenger seat weight sensors l

Driver and front passenger seat belt buckle switches

The diagnostic module continuously monitors the system's readiness. This begins when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position and continues while the vehicle is being driven.

qAir Bag/Front Seat Belt

Pretensioner System Warning Light

l

Collision from the front, but it may deploy the front air bags.


2-56

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (69,1)


SRS Air Bags



WARNING



qMaintenance

The air bag systems do not require regular maintenance. But if any of the following occurs, take your vehicle to an Authorized

Mazda Dealer as soon as possible: l

The air bag system warning light flashes.

l

The air bag system warning light remains illuminated.

l

The air bag system warning light does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position.

l

The air bags have deployed.

l

Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or does not illuminate as indicated in the chart. For more details about this indicator light and this chart, refer to

“Front passenger seat weight sensors

” (page 2-48).

WARNING

Do not operate a vehicle with damaged air bag/seat belt pretensioner system components:

Expended or damaged air bag/seat belt pretensioner system components must be replaced after any collision which caused them to deploy or damage them. Only a trained

Authorized Mazda Dealer can fully evaluate these systems to see that they will work in any subsequent accident.

Driving with an expended or damaged air bag or pretensioner unit will not afford you the necessary protection in the event of any subsequent accident which could result in serious injury or death.

Do not remove interior air bag parts:

Removing any components such as the front seats, front dashboard, the steering wheel or parts on the front and rear window pillars and along the roof edge, containing air bag parts or sensors is dangerous. These parts contain essential air bag components.

The air bag could accidentally activate and cause serious injuries. Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer remove these parts.

2-57

Form No.8V77-EA-06F




SRS Air Bags

WARNING

Dispose of the air bag properly:

Improper disposal of an air bag or a vehicle with live air bags in it can be extremely dangerous. Unless all safety procedures are followed, injury can result. Ask an Authorized Mazda

Dealer how to safely dispose of an air bag or how to scrap an air bag equipped vehicle.

NOTE

If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in accordance with a certified physician, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer, refer to

“Customer Assistance (U.S.A.)”

(page 9-2).

Black plate (70,1)

2-58

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (71,1)

3

Knowing Your Mazda

Explanation of basic operations and controls; opening/closing and adjustment of various parts.

Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System ................................ 3-2

Advanced Keys

í

...................................................................... 3-2

Operation Using Advanced Keyless Functions ......................... 3-7

Operation Using Advanced Key Functions ............................. 3-13

Warning and Beep Sounds ...................................................... 3-16

Setting Change (Function Customization) .............................. 3-18

When Warning Indicator/Beep is Activated ............................ 3-19

Doors and Locks ......................................................................... 3-20

Keys ........................................................................................ 3-20

Keyless Entry System (with Retractable Type Key) ............... 3-21

Door Locks ............................................................................. 3-26

Trunk Lid ................................................................................ 3-29

Inside Trunk Release Lever ..................................................... 3-32

Power Windows ...................................................................... 3-34

Fuel-Filler Lid and Cap ........................................................... 3-41

Hood ....................................................................................... 3-42

Moonroof

í

............................................................................. 3-43

Security System ........................................................................... 3-46

Immobilizer System (with Advanced Key) ............................. 3-46

Immobilizer System (without Advanced Key) ........................ 3-49

Theft-Deterrent System ........................................................... 3-52

Steering Wheel and Mirrors ...................................................... 3-54

Steering Wheel ........................................................................ 3-54

Mirrors .................................................................................... 3-54

í

Some models.

3-1

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (72,1)

Knowing Your Mazda

Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System

Advanced Keys

í

The advanced keyless functions (advanced keyless entry and start system) enables the

following operations while the advanced key is being carried (page 3-7).

l

Locking/unlocking the doors and the trunk lid without operating the key.

l

Starting the engine without operating the key.

The advanced key enables additional functions other than those with the advanced keyless

functions (page 3-13).

l

The following operations are possible using the keyless entry system from a distance

(Lock/Unlock/Panic button): l l l

Locking/unlocking the doors and the trunk lid.

Opening the power windows.

Turning on the alarm.

l

Locking/unlocking the doors and the trunk lid, or starting the engine using the auxiliary key.

WARNING

Do not leave the keys in your vehicle with children and keep them in a place where your children will not find or play with them:

Leaving children in a vehicle with the key is dangerous. This could result in someone being badly injured or even killed. These new kinds of keys are fascinating to children. They could play with power windows or other controls, or even make the vehicle move.

Radio waves from the advanced key may affect medical equipment such as pacemakers:

Before using the advanced key near people who use medical equipment, ask the medical equipment manufacturer or your physician if radio waves from the advanced key will affect the equipment.

NOTE l

The driver must carry the advanced key to ensure the system functions properly.

l

Refer to Immobilizer System (page 3-46) for information regarding keys and engine

starting.

l

Refer to Theft-Deterrent System (page 3-52) for information regarding keys and the

prevention of vehicle and vehicle contents theft.

3-2

í

Some models.

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (73,1)

Knowing Your Mazda


Your Mazda has two kinds of keys.

Master key

Panic button

Lock button

Unlock button

Auxiliary key

Valet key

Operation indicator light

Key code number plate

Here's what the keys are used for:

Lock Operates

Ignition switch and steering column lock

Driver's door

Glove box

Trunk lid

Master key

Yes

Yes

Yes (auxiliary key)

Yes

Valet key

Yes

Yes

No

No

If you must leave your vehicle with another person, such as a parking attendant, protect items by locking the glove box, and trunk lid with the master key. Keep that key and give the other person only the valet key.

A code number is stamped on the plate attached to the key set; detach this plate and store it in a safe place (not in the vehicle) for use if you need to make a replacement key.

Also write down the code number and keep it in another safe and handy place, but not in the vehicle.

If your key is lost, consult your Authorized Mazda Dealer with the code number ready.

3-3

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (74,1)

Knowing Your Mazda


CAUTION l l l l l l l

Because the advanced key uses low-intensity radio waves, it may not function correctly under the following conditions:

The advanced key is carried with communication devices such as cellular phones.

The advanced key contacts or is covered by a metal object.

The advanced key is near electronic devices such as personal computers.

Non-Mazda genuine electronic equipment is installed in the vehicle.

There is equipment which discharges radio waves near the vehicle.

If the vehicle is near equipment such as wireless pay devices installed at certain gas stations.

l

The advanced key may consume battery power excessively if it receives highintensity radio waves. Do not place the advanced key near electronic devices such as televisions or personal computers.

l

To avoid damage to the advanced key, DO NOT: l l l l l l l

Drop the advanced key.

Get the advanced key wet.

Disassemble the advanced key.

Expose the advanced key to high temperatures on places such as the dashboard or hood, under direct sunlight.

Place heavy objects on the advanced key.

Put the advanced key in an ultrasonic cleaner.

Put any magnetized objects close to the advanced key.

NOTE l

Battery life is about one year. Replace the battery when the KEY indicator light

(green) flashes in the instrument cluster.

Refer to Advanced Key Battery Dead Warning on page 3-17.

l

Additional advanced keys can be obtained at an Authorized Mazda Dealer. Up to 6 advanced keys can be used with the advanced keyless functions per vehicle.

3-4

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (75,1)

Knowing Your Mazda


qAdvanced Key Maintenance

CAUTION l

Make sure the battery is installed with the correct pole facing upward.

Battery leakage could occur if it is not installed correctly.

l

When replacing the battery, be careful not to bend the electrical terminals or get oil on them. Also be careful not to get dirt in the transmitter as it could be damaged.

l

There is the danger of explosion if the battery is not correctly replaced.

l

Replace only with the same type battery (CR2025 or equivalent).

l

Dispose of used batteries according to the following instructions.

l l l l

Insulate the plus and minus terminals of the battery using cellophane or equivalent tape.

Never disassemble.

Never throw the battery into fire or water.

Never deform or crush.

The following conditions indicate that the battery power is low: l

The KEY indicator light (green) flashes in the instrument cluster when the engine is turned off.

l

The system does not operate and the operation indicator light does not flash when the buttons are pressed.

l

The system's operational range is reduced.

Replacing the battery at an Authorized

Mazda Dealer is recommended to prevent damage to the advanced key. If replacing the battery by yourself, follow the instruction below.

Replacing the advanced key battery

1. Pull out the auxiliary key.

2. Release the cap using a flathead screwdriver, then rotate and remove the cap.

CAUTION

Cap

Do not turn the cap excessively. The cap may be damaged.

3-5

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (76,1)

Knowing Your Mazda


3. Insert a flathead screwdriver into the crack and press the battery out.

4. Insert the new battery (CR2025 or equivalent) with the positive pole ( ) facing the ( ) mark on the cap.

qService

If you have a problem with the advanced keyless functions, consult an Authorized

Mazda Dealer.

If your advanced key is lost or stolen, bring all remaining advanced keys to an

Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible for a replacement and to make the lost or stolen advanced key inoperative.

CAUTION

Radio equipment like this is governed by laws in the United States.

Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.

5. Rotate and close the cap.

Cap

6. Reinsert the auxiliary key.

3-6

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (77,1)

Knowing Your Mazda


Operation Using Advanced

Keyless Functions qOperational Range

The system operates only when the driver is in the vehicle or within operational range while the advanced key is being carried.

NOTE

When the battery power is low, or in places where there are high-intensity radio waves or noise, the operational range may become narrower or the system may not operate.

Locking, unlocking the doors and the trunk lid

The operational range for locking/ unlocking the doors is an area of up to 80 cm (2.6 ft) from the center of the front door handles.

The operational range for locking/ unlocking the trunk lid is an area of up to

80 cm (2.6 ft) from the center of the trunk lid.

Exterior transmitter

NOTE

The system may not operate if you are too close to the windows, door handles, or trunk lid.

Starting the engine

The operational range for starting the engine includes nearly the entire cabin area except for the trunk.

Interior transmitter

Operational range

Operational range

3-7

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (78,1)

Knowing Your Mazda


NOTE l

The trunk is out of the operational range, however, starting the engine may be possible.

l

The engine may not start if the advanced key is placed in the following areas: l l l

Around the dashboard

In the storage compartments such as the glove box

On the rear parcel shelf l

Starting the engine may be possible even if the advanced key is outside of the vehicle and extremely close to a door and window, however, always start the engine from the driver's seat.

If the vehicle is started and the advanced key is not in the vehicle, the vehicle will not restart after it is shut off and the ignition switch is turned to the lock position.

l

If the advanced key is detected within operational range, the operation indicator light flashes momentarily.

qLocking, Unlocking with Request

Switch

All doors and the trunk lid can be locked/ unlocked by pressing the request switch on the front doors or the trunk lid while the advanced key is being carried.

Front doors

Request switch

Trunk lid

Request switch

To lock

To lock the doors and the trunk lid, press the request switch. A beep sound will be heard once and the hazard warning lights will flash once.

3-8

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (79,1)

Knowing Your Mazda


To unlock

Driver's door request switch

To unlock the driver's door, press the request switch. A beep sound will be heard twice and the hazard warning lights will flash twice.

To unlock all doors and the trunk lid, press the request switch again within 5 seconds and two more beep sounds will be heard.

Front passenger door/trunk lid request switch

To unlock the doors and the trunk lid, press the request switch. A beep sound will be heard twice and the hazard warning lights will flash twice.

NOTE l

The request switch on the trunk lid can also set so that it cannot be unlocked with the valet key, refer to

Trunk Security (page 3-31).

l

The request switch on the driver's door can be used to close the power windows, refer to Opening/Closing the Power Windows from Outside

(page 3-38).

l

Confirm that all doors and the trunk lid are securely locked.

l

All doors and the trunk lid cannot be locked when any door or the trunk lid is open.

l

A beep sound is heard for confirmation when the doors and the trunk lid are locked/unlocked using the request switch. If your prefer, the beep sound can be turned off (page

3-18).

NOTE l

The setting can be changed so that the doors and the trunk lid are locked automatically without pressing the

request switch (page 3-18).

(Auto-lock function)

A beep sound is heard when all doors and the trunk lid are closed while the advanced key is being carried. All doors and the trunk lid are locked automatically after about

3 seconds when the advanced key is out of the operational range. Also, the hazard warning lights flash once.

(Even if the driver is in the operational range, all doors and the trunk lid are locked automatically after about 30 seconds.)

If you are out of the operational range before the doors and the trunk lid are completely closed or another advanced key is left in the vehicle, the auto-lock function will not work.

Always make sure that all doors and the trunk lid are locked before leaving the vehicle.

The auto-lock function does not close the power windows.

l

After unlocking doors and the trunk lid by pressing the request switch, all doors and the trunk lid will automatically lock and the hazard warning light will flash if any of the following operations are not performed within about 30 seconds.

l l l

A door or the trunk lid is opened.

The auxiliary key is inserted into the ignition switch.

The start knob is pushed.

3-9

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (80,1)

Knowing Your Mazda


qStarting the Engine

Ignition switch positions

Without a traditional key, some of the ignition switch functions are different.

Start knob

LOCK (Released)

The steering wheel locks to help protect against theft.

LOCK (Depressed)

The ignition switch can be turned to the

ACC position when the KEY indicator light (green) illuminates in the instrument cluster.

WARNING

Before leaving the driver's seat, always set the parking brake and make sure the shift lever is in 1 or R:

Leaving the driver's seat without setting the parking brake and the shift lever is dangerous. Unexpected vehicle movement could occur. This could cause an accident.

NOTE

If turning the ignition switch is difficult, jiggle the steering wheel from side to side.

ACC (Accessory)

The steering wheel unlocks and some electrical accessories will operate.

NOTE

The Advanced Keyless Entry System does not function in the ACC position, and the doors will not lock/unlock even if they have been locked manually or the advanced key is carried away from the vehicle.

ON

This is the normal running position after the engine is started. The warning lights

(except brakes) should be inspected

before the engine is started (page 5-24).

NOTE

When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position, the sound of the fuel pump motor operating near the fuel tank can be heard. This does not indicate an abnormality.

START

The engine is started in this position. It will crank until you release the start knob; then it returns to the ON position. The brake warning light can be checked after

the engine is started (page 5-24).

3-10

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (81,1)

Starting the engine

NOTE l

Engine-starting is controlled by the spark ignition system.

This system meets all Canadian

Interference-Causing Equipment

Standard requirements regulating the impulse electrical field strength of radio noise.

l

The advanced key must be carried because the advanced key carries an immobilizer chip that must communicate with the engine controls at short range.

l

When starting the engine, be sure the start knob is securely attached before trying to operate it. If the knob becomes detached from the ignition switch, re-attach it by pushing it on to the ignition switch.

Knowing Your Mazda


5. Depress the clutch pedal all the way and shift into neutral.

Keep the clutch pedal depressed while cranking the engine.

NOTE

The starter will not operate if the clutch pedal is not depressed all the way.

6. Push the start knob slowly all the way in.

7. Verify that the KEY indicator light

(green) illuminates in the instrument cluster. The KEY warning light (red) means you cannot continue to start the

engine (page 3-19).

1. Make sure the advanced key is being carried.

2. Occupants should fasten their seat belts.

3. Make sure the parking brake is on.

4. Depress the brake pedal.

3-11

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (82,1)

Knowing Your Mazda


NOTE

In the following cases, the KEY warning light (red) illuminates and the engine will not start.

l

The advanced key battery is dead.

l

The advanced key is out of operational range.

l

The advanced key is placed in areas where it is difficult for the system to

detect the signal (page 3-7).

l

A key from another manufacturer similar to the advanced key is in the operational range.

8. Turn the ignition switch to the ACC position while pushing the start knob in.

9. Turn the ignition switch from the ACC position to the START position and hold (up to 10 seconds at a time) until the engine starts.

CAUTION

Don't try the starter for more than 10 seconds at a time. If the engine stalls or fails to start, wait 10 seconds before trying again. Otherwise, you may damage the starter and drain the battery.

10. After starting the engine, let it idle for about 10 seconds.

NOTE l has not been driven in several days, let the engine warm up without operating the accelerator.

l

Whether the engine is cold or warm, it should be started without use of the accelerator.

Turning off the engine

1. Turn the ignition switch from the ON position to the ACC position.

NOTE

When the engine is turned off and the ignition switch it turned from the ACC position to the LOCK position, the

KEY indicator light (green) flashes in the instrument cluster for about 30 seconds if the battery power of the advanced key is low. Replace the battery with a new one.

Refer to Battery Replacement (page

3-6).

2. Push in the start knob from the ACC position and turn it to the LOCK position.

3-12

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (83,1)

Knowing Your Mazda


CAUTION

When leaving the vehicle, make sure the ignition switch is turned to the

LOCK position.

NOTE l

When turning the ignition switch to the LOCK position, the ignition switch has to be pushed in from the

ACC position and turned. Without being pushed in, the ignition switch stops at the ACC position and the vehicle battery may be discharged if the ignition switch is left in the ACC position. When leaving the vehicle, make sure the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK position.

l

If the vehicle is left with the ignition switch not in the LOCK position, a beep sound is heard and the indicator light flashes to notify the driver.

Refer to Warning Beep (page 3-16).

Operation Using Advanced

Key Functions qKeyless Entry System

This system remotely locks and unlocks the doors and the trunk lid, and opens the power windows.

It can also help you signal for attention.

Press the buttons slowly and carefully.

NOTE l

The keyless entry system is designed to operate up to about 2.5 m (8 ft) from the center of the vehicle, but this may vary due to local conditions.

l

The system does not operate when the ignition switch is not in the

LOCK position or the start knob is pushed in.

l

With the start knob installed in the

LOCK position, the system is fully operational. If the ignition switch is not in the LOCK position or the start knob is pushed in, the system does not operate.

l

All doors and the trunk lid cannot be locked by pressing the lock button while any door or the trunk lid is open. The hazard warning lights will also not flash.

l

If the transmitter does not operate when pressing a button or the operational range becomes too small, the battery may be dead. To install a new battery, refer to Maintenance

(page 3-5).

3-13

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (84,1)

Knowing Your Mazda


Transmitter

Lock button

Unlock button

Panic button

NOTE l

(U.S.A.)

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

l

(CANADA)

This device complies with RSS-210 of Industry CANADA. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

NOTE

The unlock button can be used to open the power windows, but the lock button cannot be used to close the power windows. Refer to Opening/Closing the

Power Windows from Outside (page

3-38).

3-14

The operation indicator light flashes when the buttons are pressed.

Lock button

To lock the doors and the trunk lid, press the lock button. A beep sound will be heard once and the hazard warning lights will flash once.

To confirm that all doors and the trunk lid have been locked, press the lock button again within 5 seconds. If they are closed and locked, the horn will sound.

NOTE l

All doors and the trunk lid cannot be locked when any door or the trunk lid is open.

l

Confirm that all doors and the trunk lid are locked visually or audibly by use of the double click.

Unlock button

To unlock the driver's door, press the unlock button. A beep will be heard twice and the hazard warning lights will flash twice.

To unlock all doors and the trunk lid, press the unlock button again within 5 seconds and two more beep sounds will be heard.

NOTE

After unlocking with the transmitter, all doors and the trunk lid will automatically lock if one of the doors or the trunk lid is not opened within about

30 seconds.

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (85,1)

Knowing Your Mazda


Panic button

If you witness from a distance someone attempting to break into or damage your vehicle, pressing the panic button will activate the vehicle's alarm.

NOTE

The panic button will work whether any door or the trunk lid is open or closed.

(Turning on the alarm)

Pressing the panic button for 1 second or more will trigger the alarm for about 2 minutes and 30 seconds, and the following will occur: l

The horn sounds intermittently.

l

The hazard warning lights flash.

NOTE

However, if the driver is too close to the vehicle the panic button may not function.

(Turning off the alarm)

The alarm stops by pressing any button on the transmitter.

qAuxiliary Key Function

Use the auxiliary key stored in the advanced key in the event of a dead transmitter battery or malfunction.

Removing the auxiliary key

Pull out the auxiliary key from the advanced key.

Locking, unlocking the doors

The doors can be locked/unlocked using the auxiliary key, refer to Locking,

Unlocking with Key (page 3-26).

Locking, unlocking the trunk lid

The trunk lid can be locked/unlocked using the auxiliary key, refer to Locking,

Unlocking with Key (page 3-29).

Starting the engine

The engine can be started with the auxiliary key, refer to Ignition Switch

(page 5-2).

Locking, unlocking the glove box

The glove box can be locked/unlocked using the auxiliary key, refer to Glove

Box (page 6-50).

3-15

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (86,1)

Knowing Your Mazda


Warning and Beep Sounds qSystem Malfunction Warning Beep

If any malfunction occurs in the advanced keyless function, the KEY warning light

(red) in the instrument cluster illuminates continuously and beep sounds will be heard.

CAUTION

If the KEY warning light (red) remains illuminated, do not continue to drive the vehicle with the advanced keyless function. Park the vehicle in a safe place and use the auxiliary key to continue driving the vehicle. Have the vehicle inspected at an Authorized

Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.

Refer to Ignition Switch (page 5-2).

qStart Knob Not in LOCK

Warning Beep

If the start knob is in the ACC position and the driver's door is opened, a continuous beep sound will be heard to notify the driver that the start knob has not been returned to the LOCK position. In this case, the keyless entry system does not operate.

qAdvanced Key Removed from

Vehicle Warning Beep

Under the following conditions, a beep sound will be heard 3 times and the KEY warning light (red) will flash continuously when the start knob has not been returned to the LOCK position to notify the driver that the advanced key has been removed.

The KEY warning light (red) will stop flashing when the advanced key is back inside the vehicle: l

The start knob has not been returned to the LOCK position, the driver's door is open, and the advanced key is removed from the vehicle.

However the beep sound will be heard continuously when the start knob is in the ACC position and the door is open due to the activation of the warning beep sound indicating that the start knob is not in the LOCK position.

l

The start knob has not been returned to the LOCK position and all the doors are closed after removing the advanced key from the vehicle.

NOTE

Because the advanced key utilizes lowintensity radio waves, the Advanced

Key Removed From Vehicle Warning may activate if the advanced key is carried together with a metal object or it is placed in a poor signal reception area.

3-16

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (87,1)

Knowing Your Mazda


qRequest Switch Inoperable

Warning Beep

Under the following conditions, if the request switch for a front door or the trunk lid is pressed while the advanced key is being carried, a beep will be heard 3 times to indicate that the front doors and the trunk lid cannot be locked.

l

There is a separate advanced key in the vehicle.

l

A door or the trunk lid is open (door ajar included).

l

The start knob has not been returned to the LOCK position.

l

The auxiliary key is inserted into the ignition switch.

qAdvanced Key Battery Dead

Warning

When the start knob is returned to the

ACC or LOCK position from the ON position, the KEY indicator light (green) flashes for approximately 30 seconds indicating that the remaining battery power is low. Replace with a new battery before the advanced key becomes unusable.

Refer to Advanced Key Maintenance

(page 3-5).

NOTE

The advanced key can be set so that the

KEY indicator light (green) does not flash even if the battery power is low.

Refer to Setting Change (page 3-18).

qEngine Start Not Permitted Warning

Under the following conditions, the KEY warning light (red) flashes to inform the driver that the start knob will not rotate to the ACC position even if it is pushed in from the LOCK position.

l


l

The advanced key is not within operational range.

l



l


3-17

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (88,1)

Knowing Your Mazda


Setting Change (Function Customization)

The following function settings are possible. These settings can only be changed by an

Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Setting Function

At Initial

Setting

After Setting

Change

Advanced key battery dead indicator

Lock/unlock operation confirmation beep sound

*1

Autolock function

KEY indicator light (green) flashes to indicate that the advanced key battery power is low.

A beep sound is heard to confirm that all doors or the trunk lid have been locked/unlocked.

When all doors and the trunk lid are closed and the advanced key is being carried and out of operational range, all doors and the trunk lid automatically lock after 3 seconds.

(Even if the driver is in the operational range, all doors and the trunk lid are locked automatically after about 30 seconds.)

Activated

Activated

Deactivated

Deactivated

Deactivated

Activated

*1 : When the autolock function is operating, the warning sound will be heard regardless of the setting.

3-18

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (89,1)

Knowing Your Mazda


When Warning Indicator/Beep is Activated

Under the following conditions, warning beeps are heard and a warning/indicator light in the instrument cluster illuminates to notify the driver of improper operation of the

advanced key to prevent theft of the vehicle (page 3-16).

Warning

When a door is open, a continuous beep sound will be heard.

When a door is open, 3 beep sounds are heard, and the

KEY warning light (red) in the instrument cluster flashes.

When a door is closed, a beep sound is heard 3 times, and the KEY warning light (red) in the instrument cluster flashes.

Check whether the start knob has been returned to the

LOCK position.

What to check

Check whether the advanced key has been removed from the vehicle.

Check whether the advanced key has been removed from the vehicle.

When attempting to lock the doors, a beep sound is heard.

When the KEY indicator light (green) flashes in the instrument cluster.

When the KEY warning light (red) remains illuminated in the instrument cluster.

Check whether the advanced key has been left in the vehicle.

Check whether the start knob has been returned to the

LOCK position.

Check whether a door or the trunk lid is open.

The advanced key battery power is low. Replace the battery with a new one.

Refer to Advanced Key Maintenance on page 3-5.

The advanced key is malfunctioning. Park the vehicle in a safe place, and use the auxiliary key to continue driving the vehicle. Have the vehicle inspected at an


3-19

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (90,1)

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

Keys

WARNING


Leaving children in a vehicle with the key is dangerous. This could result in someone being badly injured or even killed. These new kinds of keys are fascinating to children. They could play with power windows or other controls, or even make the vehicle move.

NOTE l

If your vehicle is equipped with the advanced key, refer to Advanced

Keys (page 3-2).

l

Refer to Immobilizer System (page

3-49) for information regarding keys

and engine starting.

l

Refer to Theft-Deterrent System

(page 3-52) for information

regarding keys and the prevention of vehicle and vehicle contents theft.

Your Mazda has two kinds of keys.

Master key

(Retractable type key)

Valet key

Key code number plate

Here's what the keys are used for:

Lock Operates

Ignition switch and steering column lock

Driver's door

Glove box

Trunk lid

Master key Valet key

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

No

If you must leave your vehicle with another person, such as a parking attendant, protect items by locking the glove box and trunk lid with the master key. Keep that key and give the other person only the valet key.

A code number is stamped on the plate attached to the key set; detach this plate and store it in a safe place (not in the vehicle) for use if you need to make a replacement key.

NOTE

Write down the code number and keep it in a separate safe and convenient place, but not in the vehicle.

If your key is lost, consult your

Authorized Mazda Dealer and have your code number ready.

3-20

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (91,1)

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

Key extend/retract method (Retractable type key)

To extend the key, press the release button.

To retract the key, rotate it into the holder while pressing the release button.

Keyless Entry System (with

Retractable Type Key)

This system remotely locks and unlocks the doors and the trunk lid, and opens the power windows.

It can also help you signal for attention.

Press the buttons slowly and carefully.

CAUTION

To avoid damage to the transmitter, do not: l

Drop the transmitter.

l

Get the transmitter wet.

l

Expose the transmitter to any kind of magnetic field.

l

Expose the transmitter to high temperatures on places such as the dashboard or hood, under direct sunlight.

3-21

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (92,1)

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

NOTE l

The keyless entry system is designed to operate up to about 2.5 m (8 ft) from the center of the vehicle, but this may vary due to local conditions.

l

The system doesn't operate when the key is in the ignition switch.

l

Doors and the trunk lid can be locked by pressing the lock button while any other door or the trunk lid is open. However, the hazard warning lights will not flash.

l

If the transmitter does not operate when pressing a button or the operation range becomes too small, the battery may be dead. To install a new battery, refer to Maintenance

(page 3-23).

l

Additional transmitters can be obtained at an Authorized Mazda

Dealer. Up to 3 transmitters can be used with the keyless entry system per vehicle. Bring all transmitters to an Authorized Mazda Dealer when additional transmitters are required.

qTransmitter

Lock button

Unlock button

Operation indicator light

Panic button

NOTE l

(U.S.A.)


l

(CANADA)


NOTE

The unlock button can be used to open the power windows, but the lock button cannot be used to close the power windows. Refer to Opening/Closing the

Power Windows from Outside (page

3-38).

3-22

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (93,1)

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

The operation indicator light flashes when the buttons are pressed.

Lock button

To lock the doors and the trunk lid, press the lock button and the hazard warning lights will flash once.

To confirm that all doors and the trunk lid have been locked, press the lock button again within 5 seconds. If they are closed and locked, the horn will sound.

NOTE l

All doors and the trunk lid cannot be locked when the key is in the ignition switch.

l

Confirm that all doors and the trunk lid are locked visually or audibly by use of the double click.

Unlock button

To unlock the driver's door, press the unlock button and the hazard warning lights will flash twice.

To unlock all doors and the trunk lid, press the unlock button again within 5 seconds.

NOTE

After unlocking with the transmitter, all doors and the trunk lid will automatically lock if one of the doors or the trunk lid is not opened within about

30 seconds.

Panic button

If you witness from a distance someone attempting to break into or damage your vehicle, pressing the panic button will activate the vehicle's alarm.

NOTE

The panic button will work whether any door or the trunk lid is open or closed.

Turning on the alarm

Pressing the panic button for 1 second or more will trigger the alarm for about 2 minutes and 30 seconds, and the following will occur: l

The horn sounds intermittently.

l

The hazard warning lights flash.

Turning off the alarm

Press any button on the transmitter.

qTransmitter Maintenance

If the buttons on the transmitter are inoperable and the operation indicator light does not flash, the battery may be dead.

Replace with a new battery before the transmitter becomes unusable.

3-23

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (94,1)

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

CAUTION l

Install the battery with the positive pole ( ) facing down. Battery leakage could occur if it is not installed correctly.

l

When replacing the battery, be careful not to bend the electrical terminals or get oil on them. Also be careful not to get dirt in the transmitter as it could be damaged.

l

There is the danger of explosion if the battery is not correctly replaced.

l

Replace only with the same type battery (CR1620 or equivalent).

l

Dispose of used batteries according to the following instructions.

l l l l

Insulate the plus and minus terminals of the battery using cellophane or equivalent tape.

Never disassemble.

Never throw the battery into fire and/or water.

Never deform or crush.

Replacing the transmitter battery

1. Unfold the key (page 3-20).

2. Insert a small screwdriver into the slot and push the tab to remove the key from the transmitter.

Tab

3. Insert a small screwdriver into the slot and gently pry open the transmitter.

4. Press the portion of the battery indicated by A and remove the battery.

A

3-24

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (95,1)

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

NOTE

If it is difficult to remove the battery by pressing with a finger, use a small screwdriver to press out the battery.

5. Put in the new battery (CR1620 or equivalent) with the positive pole ( ) facing down.

CAUTION

Radio equipment like this is governed by laws in the United States.


6. Align the front and back covers and snap the transmitter shut.

7. Install the key to the transmitter.

qService

If you have a problem with the keyless entry system, consult an Authorized

Mazda Dealer.

If your transmitter is lost or stolen, bring all remaining transmitters to an

Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible for a replacement and to make the lost or stolen transmitter inoperative.

3-25

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (96,1)

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

Door Locks

WARNING

Always take all children and pets with you or leave a responsible person with them:

Leaving a child or a pet unattended in a parked vehicle is dangerous. In hot weather, temperatures inside a vehicle can become high enough to cause brain damage or even death.


Leaving children in a vehicle with the key is dangerous. This could result in someone being badly injured or even killed. They could play with power windows or other controls, or even make the vehicle move.

Keep all doors locked when driving:

Unlocked doors in a moving vehicle are dangerous. Passengers can fall out if a door is accidentally opened and can more easily be thrown out in an accident.

Always close all the windows, lock the doors and take the key with you when leaving your vehicle unattended:

Leaving your vehicle unlocked is dangerous as children could lock themselves in a hot vehicle, which could result in death. Also, a vehicle left unlocked becomes an easy target for thieves and intruders.

qLocking, Unlocking with Key

The driver's door can be locked/unlocked with the key.

Turn the key toward the front to unlock, toward the back to lock.

Unlock

Lock


Switch (with Advanced Key)

The doors can be locked/unlocked by operating the request switch while carrying the advanced key outside the vehicle, refer to Operations Using

Advanced Keyless Functions (page 3-7).

qLocking, Unlocking with

Transmitter (with Advanced Key)

The doors can be locked/unlocked by operating the keyless entry system transmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System

(page 3-13).

qLocking, Unlocking with Transmitter

(with Retractable Type Key)

The doors can be locked/unlocked by operating the keyless entry system transmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System

(page 3-21).

3-26

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (97,1)

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

qLocking, Unlocking with Door-

Lock Knob

To lock any door from the inside, push the door-lock knob.

To unlock, pull it out.

This does not operate the other door locks.

Lock

Unlock

To lock any door with the door-lock knob from the outside, push the door-lock knob to the lock position and close the door.

This does not operate the other door locks.

Door-lock knob

qPower Door Locks

Vehicle lock-out prevention

(With advanced key)

The vehicle lock-out prevention feature prevents you from locking yourself out of the vehicle. All doors and the trunk lid will automatically unlock if they are locked using the power door locks with any door or the trunk lid open.

(Without advanced key)

The vehicle lock-out prevention feature prevents you from locking yourself out of the vehicle. With the key in the ignition switch, all doors and the trunk lid will automatically unlock if they are locked using the power door locks with any door or the trunk lid open.

Locking, unlocking with key

All doors and the trunk lid lock automatically when the driver's door is locked with the key. All doors and the trunk lid unlock when the driver's door is unlocked and the key is held in the unlock position for one second or longer.

Unlock

Lock

NOTE

When locking the doors this way, be careful not to leave the key inside the vehicle.

3-27

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (98,1)

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

NOTE

Holding the key in the unlocked position in the driver's door lock for about a second unlocks all doors and the trunk lid. To unlock only the driver's door, insert the key into the driver's door lock and turn the key briefly to the unlock position and then immediately return it to the center position.

Locking, unlocking with door-lock switch

All doors and the trunk lid lock automatically when LOCK is pushed.

They all unlock when the unmarked part of the door-lock switch is pushed.

Unlock

Lock

Locking, unlocking with transmitter

(with advanced key)

All doors and the trunk lid can be locked/ unlocked by operating the keyless entry system transmitter, refer to Keyless Entry

System (page 3-13).

Locking, unlocking with transmitter

(with retractable type key)

All doors and the trunk lid can be locked/ unlocked by operating the keyless entry system transmitter, refer to Keyless Entry

System (page 3-21).

qRear Door Child Safety Locks

These locks are intended to help prevent children from accidentally opening the rear doors. Use them both whenever a child rides in the vehicle.

If you slide the child safety lock to the lock position before closing that door, the door cannot be opened from the inside.

The door can be opened only by pulling the outside handle.

Lock

Locking, unlocking with request switch

(with advanced key)

All doors and the trunk lid can be locked/ unlocked by operating the request switch while carrying the advanced key outside the vehicle, refer to Operations Using


Unlock

3-28

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (99,1)

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

Trunk Lid

WARNING

Never allow a person to ride in the trunk:

Allowing a person to ride in the trunk is dangerous. In addition, the person in the trunk could be seriously injured or killed during sudden braking or a collision.

Keep the trunk closed when driving:

Exhaust gas entering the cabin of a vehicle through an open trunk is dangerous. This gas contains CO

(carbon monoxide), which is colorless, odorless, and highly poisonous. If inhaled, it can cause loss of consciousness and death.

qLocking, Unlocking with Key

To lock the trunk lid, insert the master key into the key slot and turn it counterclockwise, then return it to the center position and remove it.

Lock

Unlock

To unlock the trunk lid, insert the master key into the key slot and turn it clockwise, then return it to the center position and remove it.

The trunk lid can be locked/unlocked by inserting the key into the driver's door key slot, refer to Power Door Locks (page

3-27).


Switch (with Advanced Key)

The trunk lid can be locked/unlocked by operating the request switch while carrying the advanced key outside the vehicle, refer to Operations Using


qLocking, Unlocking with

Transmitter (with Advanced Key)

The trunk lid can be locked/unlocked by operating the keyless entry system transmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System

(page 3-13).

qLocking, Unlocking with Transmitter

(with Retractable Type Key)

The trunk lid can be locked/unlocked by operating the keyless entry system transmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System

(page 3-21).

qLocking, Unlocking with Door-

Lock Switch

The trunk lid can be locked/unlocked by operating the door-lock switch, refer to

Power Door Locks (page 3-27).

3-29

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (100,1)

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

qOpening and Closing the Trunk Lid

WARNING

Close the trunk lid, lock the rear seatbacks and do not allow children to play inside the vehicle:

Leaving the trunk lid open or leaving children in the vehicle with the keys is dangerous. Children could open the trunk lid and climb inside resulting in possible injury or death from heat exposure.

Always keep the car from being a tempting place to play by locking rear seats, doors and the trunk, and keeping the keys where children can not play with them:

Leaving children or animals unattended in a parked vehicle is dangerous. Babies left sleeping and children who lock themselves in cars or trunks can die very quickly from heat prostration. Do not leave your children or pets alone in a car at any time. Do not leave the car, the rear folding seats or the trunk unlocked.

CAUTION

For vehicles equipped with a rear spoiler, do not lift the trunk lid by the spoiler. Lifting up the trunk lid by the rear spoiler could cause damage to the rear spoiler and the trunk lid.

Opening the trunk lid

Pull up on the handle.

Closing the trunk lid

Grasp the inner handle and pull the trunk lid down, then push the trunk lid down until it locks securely. Be careful not to slam it. Pull up on the trunk lid to make sure it is secured.

Handle

3-30

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (101,1)

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

qTrunk Security

In some situations you may want to prevent the trunk from being unlocked when the doors are unlocked with the key.

If you must leave your Mazda with another person, such as a parking attendant, protect valuables in the trunk by locking the trunk with the master key, or the request switch (with advanced key) on the trunk lid and giving the other person only the valet key, which does not open the trunk.

With master key

To secure the trunk lid, close the trunk, insert the master key and turn it counterclockwise. Remove the key.

To cancel the security feature, insert the master key into the lock, turn the key clockwise to the center position and remove it.

With request switch (with advanced key)

NOTE

The trunk lid cannot be secured when any door or the trunk lid is open.

To secure the trunk lid, press the request switch on the trunk lid for about 3 seconds. This will lock only the trunk lid.

Request switch

Form No.8V77-EA-06F

To cancel the security feature, press the request switch on the trunk lid for about 3 seconds again.

3-31



Black plate (102,1)

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

qTrunk Light

The trunk light is on when the lid is open and off when it's closed.

NOTE

To prevent the battery from being discharged, do not leave the trunk open for a long period when the engine is not running.

Inside Trunk Release Lever

Your vehicle is equipped with an inside trunk release lever that provides a means of escape for children and adults in the event they become locked inside the trunk.

No matter how careful adults might be with keys and locking their cars, parents should be aware that children may be tempted to play around vehicles and use the trunk as a hiding place.

Adults are advised to familiarize themselves with the operation and location of the inside trunk release lever so that all children can be told about it in an appropriate way, keeping in mind that most vehicles don't have such levers.

3-32

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (103,1)

WARNING

Close the trunk lid and do not allow children to play inside the vehicle:

Leaving the trunk lid open or leaving children in the vehicle with the keys is dangerous. Children could open the trunk lid and climb inside resulting in possible injury or death from heat exposure.

Always keep the car from being a tempting place to play by locking doors and the trunk, and keeping the keys where children can not play with them:

Leaving children or animals unattended in a parked vehicle is dangerous. Babies left sleeping and children who lock themselves in cars or trunks can die very quickly from heat prostration. Do not leave your children or pets alone in a car at any time. Do not leave the car or the trunk unlocked.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

qOpening the Trunk Lid from the

Inside

Slide the inside trunk release lever in the direction of the arrow. The lever is made of material that will glow for hours in the darkness of the trunk following a brief exposure to ambient light.

The inside trunk release lever is located on the inside of the trunk lid.

Open

3-33

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (104,1)

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

Power Windows

The ignition switch must be in the ON position for the power windows to operate.

WARNING

Make sure the opening is clear before closing a window:

Closing power windows are dangerous. A person's hands, head, or even neck could be caught by the window and result in serious injury or even death.

This warning applies especially to children.

Always lock all passenger power windows with the power window lock switch on the driver's side while children are in the vehicle, and never allow children to play with power window switches:

Leaving the power window switches unlocked while children are in the vehicle is dangerous. Power window switches that are not locked with the power window lock switch would allow children to operate power windows unintentionally which could result in serious injury if a child's hands, head or neck becomes caught by the window.

CAUTION

To prevent burning out the fuse and damaging the power window system, do not open or close more than three windows at once.

3-34

qOperating the Power Windows

NOTE l

Each passenger window can be operated with each door switch when the power window lock switch on the driver's door is in the unlocked

position (page 3-37).

l

Each passenger window can also be operated by the power window master control switches on the driver's door.

Master control switches

Driver's window

Left rear window

Front passenger's window

Right rear window l

The following functions can be performed for each power window using the power window master control switches on the driver's door or each door switch.

l l l

Manual opening/closing

Auto-opening/closing

Two-step down function

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (105,1)

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

Manual opening/closing

To open the window to the desired position, lightly hold down the switch.

To close the window to the desired position, lightly pull up the switch.


Close

Open

Front/rear passenger switch

Close

Open

Auto-opening/closing

To fully open the window automatically, press the switch completely down.

To fully close the window automatically, pull the switch completely up.

To stop the window partway, pull or press the switch in the opposite direction and then release it.

NOTE

If the battery was disconnected during vehicle maintenance, or for other reasons such as a switch continues to be operated after the window is fully open/ close, the windows will not fully open and close automatically. Reinitialization of the automatic function on each passenger window cannot be performed using the master control switches. Carry out the following procedure on each door switch to resume operation:

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.

2. Press the switch and fully open the window.

3. Pull up the switch to fully close the window and continue holding the switch for about 2 seconds after the window fully closed.

After the system has been re-initialized, each passenger window can be fully opened or closed automatically using the master control switches.

Two-step down function

With the window completely closed, press the switch lightly and the window will open and stop about 3 cm (1 in) from the top.

If you continue to press and hold the switch, the window will resume opening all the way.

3-35

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (106,1)

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

NOTE

Pressing the power window switch once when the window is fully closed will only open it about 3 cm (1 in) to allow convenient ventilation of the cabin.

Canceling the two-step down function

To cancel the two-step down function for each passenger window, carry out the following procedure using the master control switches.

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position and complete the following procedure within 5 seconds:

Press the power window switch 2 times firmly, then pull it 2 times firmly.


Driver's window

Left rear window

Front passenger's window

Right rear window

2. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.

3. With the ignition switch in the LOCK position, and within 40 seconds, turn the ignition switch to the ON position and complete the following procedure within 5 seconds:

Press the power window switch 2 times firmly, then pull 2 times firmly.

NOTE l

The two-step down function cannot be canceled if the procedure is not completed within the specified times, or the procedure is changed along the way. To redo the procedure, first turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position and proceed from the beginning.

l

If you are unable to cancel the function despite carrying out the cancellation procedure, consult an


Restoring the two-step down function

With the two-step down function in the canceled state, repeat the previous procedure for canceling the function on each door switch and it will be restored.

NOTE

If you are unable to restore the function despite doing the restore procedure, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Jam-safe window

If a person's hands, head or an object blocks the window during the manual closing operation or the auto-closing operation, the window will stop and open halfway.

3-36

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (107,1)

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

WARNING

Make sure nothing blocks the window just before it reaches the fully closed position or while fully holding up the power window switch:

Blocking the power window just before it reaches the fully closed position or while fully holding up the power window switch is dangerous.

In this case, the jam-safe function cannot prevent the window from stopping. If fingers are caught, serious injuries could occur.

NOTE

Depending on driving conditions, a closing power window could stop and start opening when the window feels a shock that is similar to something blocking it.

In the event the jam-safe function activates and the power window cannot be closed automatically, pull and hold the switch fully and the window will close.

Engine-off power window operation

The power window can be operated for about 40 seconds after the ignition switch is turned from the ON position to the

ACC or LOCK position with all doors closed. If either front door is opened, the power window will be inoperable.

NOTE l

For engine-off operation of the power window, the switch must be held up firmly throughout window closure because the auto-closing function will be inoperable.

l

The two-step down function is inoperable during engine-off operation.

qPower Window Lock Switch

With the lock switch in the unlocked position, all power windows on each door can be operated.

With the lock switch in the locked position, only the driver's side power window can be operated.

Locked position

Unlocked position

3-37

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (108,1)

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

WARNING

Unless a passenger needs to operate a power window, keep the power window lock switch in the locked position:

Unintentional power window operation is dangerous. A person's hands, head, or neck could be caught by the window and result in serious injury.

NOTE

When the power window lock switch is in the locked position, the light on each power window switch, except for the driver's power window switch, turns off. The light may be difficult to see depending on the surrounding brightness.

qOpening/Closing the Power

Windows from Outside

All power windows can be opened or closed from outside the vehicle after the doors and the trunk lid are closed.

The power windows may be operated when the power window lock switch on the driver's door is in the lock or unlocked position.

WARNING

Make sure the opening is clear before closing a window:

Closing power windows are dangerous. A person's hands, head, or even neck could be caught by the window and result in serious injury or even death.

This warning applies especially to children.

NOTE l

The power windows cannot be opened or closed from outside the vehicle under the following condition: l l l

A door or the trunk lid is opened.

The key is inserted into the ignition switch.

(With advanced key)

The start knob is in any position except LOCK.

l

The power windows may not close completely under the following conditions: l l

The vehicle battery is weak

(starter motor is too weak to start the engine).

Extreme cold conditions.

If the power windows cannot be closed completely, operate each power window switch from inside the vehicle. After closing the windows from outside the vehicle, verify that they are completely closed.

3-38

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (109,1)

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

Opening

Because nobody likes getting into a very hot car, Mazda has introduced a way to open the all windows as you approach the vehicle to get the air moving before you get in.

WARNING

Use the auto-window function only when you can see the vehicle and it is in a secure area:

Do not let children play with your keys. If they open the window without your knowing, the open windows are an even bigger invitation to a thief than leaving the doors unlocked.

The windows can be opened for ventilating the cabin before getting in the vehicle.

With unlock button (Keyless entry system)

Press once, then press again within 1.5

seconds and hold.

After the doors and the trunk lid are unlocked, all windows open while the unlock button is pressed.

To stop the windows while opening, release the button.

If the operation is performed from the beginning again, the windows open.

Advanced key

Lock button

Unlock button

Retractable type key

Lock button

Unlock button

Panic button

Panic button

NOTE l

The unlock button does not operate unless it is pressed twice sequentially.

l

The lock button cannot be used to close the power windows.

With key

1. Insert the key in the driver's door key cylinder.

3-39

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (110,1)

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

2. Turn the key toward the front and hold it. After the doors and the trunk lid are unlocked, the windows fully open automatically.

With key

1. Insert the key in the driver's door key cylinder.

2. Turn the key toward the back and hold it. After the doors and the trunk lid are locked, the windows close as long as the key is turned.

Open

To stop this operation, turn the key to the center position, then turn it toward the front again.

NOTE

The window opening operation also can be stopped by turning the key toward the back. However, the doors and the trunk lid will lock.

Closing

The windows can be closed in case they are left open after getting out of the vehicle.

NOTE

(With advanced key)

If the auto-lock function (page 3-8) has

been activated, the doors and the trunk lid automatically lock as you walk away from the vehicle, however, the power windows cannot be closed. When leaving the vehicle, close the windows using the power window switch inside the vehicle, the key, or a request switch.

3-40

Close

With request switch on the driver's door (Advanced key)

1. If the doors and the trunk lid are locked, unlock them.

2. Press and hold the request switch on the driver's door. After the doors and the trunk lid are locked, the windows close as long as the request switch is pressed.

Request switch

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (111,1)

Fuel-Filler Lid and Cap

WARNING

When removing the fuel cap, loosen the cap slightly and wait for any hissing to stop. Then remove it:

Fuel spray is dangerous. Fuel can burn skin and eyes and cause illness if ingested. Fuel spray is released when there is pressure in the fuel tank and the fuel cap is removed too quickly.

Before refueling, stop the engine, and always keep sparks and flames away from the filler neck:

Fuel vapor is dangerous. It could be ignited by sparks or flames causing serious burns and injuries.

Additionally, use of the incorrect fuel filler cap or not using a fuel filler cap may result in fuel leak, which could result in serious burns or death in an accident.

CAUTION

Always use only a genuine Mazda fuel cap or an approved equivalent, available at an Authorized Mazda

Dealer. The wrong cap can result in a serious malfunction of the fuel and emission control systems. It may also cause the check engine light in the instrument cluster to illuminate.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

qFuel-Filler Lid

To open, pull up the remote fuel-filler lid release.

Remote fuel-filler lid release

qFuel-Filler Cap

To remove the filler cap, turn it counterclockwise.

To close the filler cap, turn it clockwise until it clicks.

Close

Open

3-41

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (112,1)

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

CAUTION

Make sure the fuel-filler cap is tightened securely. The check engine light may illuminate when the cap isn't tightened securely. If the light remains on (even after you have tightened the cap securely, driven, and restarted the engine several times), it may indicate a different problem. Contact an


Hood

WARNING

Always check that the hood is closed and securely locked:

A hood that is not closed and securely locked is dangerous as it could fly open while the vehicle is moving and block the driver's vision which could result in a serious accident.

qOpening the Hood

1. With the vehicle parked, pull the release handle to unlock the hood.

2. Slide the hood latch to the right and lift the hood.

3-42

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (113,1)

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3. Grasp the support rod in the padded area and secure it in the stay hole indicated by the arrow to hold the hood open.

Moonroof

í

The moonroof can be opened or closed electrically only when the ignition switch is in the ON position.

Slide switch

Pad

Clip

Support rod

qClosing the Hood

1. Check under the hood area to make certain all filler caps are in place and all loose items (e.g. tools, oil containers, etc.) have been removed.

2. Insert the support rod in its clip while holding up the hood. Verify that the support rod is secured in the clip before closing the hood.

3. Close the hood so that it locks securely.

Tilt switch

WARNING

Do not let passengers stand up or extend part of the body through the open moonroof while the vehicle is moving:

Extending the head, arms, or other parts of the body through the moonroof is dangerous. The head or arms could hit something while the vehicle is moving. This could cause serious injury or death.

Make sure the opening is clear before closing the moonroof:

A closing moonroof is dangerous. The hands, head, or even neck of a person

―especially a child― could be caught in it as it closes, causing serious injury or even death.

í

Some models.

3-43

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (114,1)

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

NOTE

After washing your Mazda or after it rains, wipe the water off the moonroof before operating it to avoid water penetration which could cause rust and water damage to your headliner.

qTilt Operation

The rear of the moonroof can be tilted open to provide more ventilation.

To tilt, push the rear of the tilt switch.

To close, push the front of the tilt switch.

qSlide Operation

To open to any position, press the rear of the switch.

To close, press the front of the slide switch.

Close

Tilt up

Open

Close

qSunshade

The sunshade can be opened and closed by hand.

The sunshade opens automatically when the moonroof is opened, but must be closed by hand.

Sunshade

3-44

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



CAUTION

The sunshade does not tilt. To avoid damaging the sunshade, do not push up on it.

Black plate (115,1)

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

Form No.8V77-EA-06F

3-45



Black plate (116,1)

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System

Immobilizer System (with

Advanced Key)

The immobilizer system allows the engine to start only with an advanced key the system recognizes.

If someone attempts to start the engine with an unrecognized key, the engine will not start, thereby helping to prevent the theft of your vehicle.

CAUTION l

Radio equipment like this is governed by laws in the United

States.


l

To avoid damage to the key, do not: l l l l

Drop the key.

Get the key wet.

Expose the key to any kind of magnetic field.

Expose the key to high temperatures on places such as the dashboard or hood, under direct sunlight.

CAUTION

Do not allow the following when starting the engine with the auxiliary key due to an advanced key dead battery or other malfunction. Otherwise the signal from the auxiliary key will not be received correctly and the engine may not start.

l

Metal parts of other keys or metal objects touch the key grip.

l

Spare auxiliary keys or keys for other vehicles equipped with an immobilizer system touch or come near the auxiliary key.

l

Equipment containing electronic components or cards with magnetic strips such as credit cards come near the auxiliary key.

NOTE l

(U.S.A.)


l

(CANADA)


3-46

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (117,1)

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System

qOperation

Arming

The system is armed when the ignition switch is turned from the ON position to the ACC or LOCK position. The security indicator light in the instrument cluster flashes every 2 seconds until the system is disarmed.

Disarming

The system is disarmed when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position with the registered advanced key.

The security indicator light illuminates for about 3 seconds and goes out.

If the engine doesn't start with the correct ignition key, and the security indicator light keeps illuminating or flashing, the system may have a malfunction. Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

NOTE l

The engine may not start and the security indicator light may illuminate or flash if the advanced key is placed in an area where it is difficult for the system to detect the signal, such as on the dashboard, or in the glove box. Move the advanced key to another place, turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position, and then restart the engine.

l

Signals from a TV or radio station, or from a transceiver or a mobile telephone could interfere with your immobilizer system. If you are using the proper advanced key and the engine fails to start, check the security indicator light. If the indicator light is flashing, turn the ignition switch to the ACC or LOCK position and wait for a while, then restart the engine. If it doesn't start after 3 or more tries, contact an


l

If the security indicator light flashes continuously while you are driving, don't shut off the engine. Go to an

Authorized Mazda Dealer and have it checked. If the engine is shut off while the indicator light is flashing, you won't be able to restart it.

l

Since the electronic codes are reset when repairing the immobilizer system, the advanced key (including auxiliary key) are needed. Bring all the advanced keys (including auxiliary keys) to an Authorized

Mazda Dealer.

3-47

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (118,1)

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System

qMaintenance

If you have a problem with the immobilizer system or the key, consult an


NOTE l

The advanced keys (including auxiliary key) carry a unique electronic code. For this reason, and to assure your safety, obtaining a replacement advanced key (including auxiliary key) requires some waiting time. They are only available through an Authorized Mazda

Dealer.

l

Always keep a spare advanced key in case one is lost. If an advanced key is lost, consult an Authorized


l

If you lose an advanced key

(including auxiliary key), an

Authorized Mazda Dealer will reset the electronic codes of your remaining advanced keys (including auxiliary keys) and immobilizer system. Bring all the remaining advanced keys (including auxiliary keys) to an Authorized Mazda

Dealer to reset.

Starting the vehicle with a key that has not been reset is not possible.

qModification and Add-On

Equipment

Mazda cannot guarantee the immobilizer system's operation if the system has been modified or if any add-on equipment has been installed to it.

CAUTION

To avoid damage to your vehicle, do not modify the system or install any add-on equipment to the immobilizer system or the vehicle.

3-48

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (119,1)

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System

Immobilizer System

(without Advanced Key)

The immobilizer system allows the engine to start only with a key the system recognizes.

If someone attempts to start the engine with an unrecognized key, the engine will not start, thereby helping to prevent the theft of your vehicle.

CAUTION l

Radio equipment like this is governed by laws in the United

States.


l

To avoid damage to the key, do not: l l l l

Drop the key.

Get the key wet.

Expose the key to any kind of magnetic field.

Expose the key to high temperatures on places such as the dashboard or hood, under direct sunlight.

CAUTION

When starting the engine do not allow the following, as the engine may not start due to the electronic signal from the ignition key not being transmitted correctly.

l

A key ring rests on the key grip.

l

Metal parts of other keys or metal objects touch the key grip.

l

Spare keys or keys for other vehicles equipped with an immobilizer system touch or come near the key grip.

l

Devices for electronic purchases, or security passage touch or come near the key.

3-49

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (120,1)

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System

NOTE l

(U.S.A.)


l

(CANADA)


qOperation

Arming

The system is armed when the ignition switch is turned from the ON to the ACC position.

The security indicator light in the instrument panel flashes every 2 seconds until the system is disarmed.

Disarming

The system is disarmed when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position with the correct ignition key.

The security indicator light illuminates for about 3 seconds and goes out.


NOTE l

If the security indicator light comes on and stays on when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position, the engine will not start.

l

Signals from a TV or radio station, or from a transceiver or a mobile telephone, could interfere with your immobilizer system. If you are using the proper key and your engine fails to start, check the security indicator light. If it is flashing, remove the ignition key and wait 2 seconds or more, then reinsert it and try starting the engine again. If it doesn't start after 3 or more tries, contact an


l

If the security indicator light flashes continuously while you are driving, don't shut off the engine. Go to an

Authorized Mazda Dealer and have it checked. If you shut off the engine while the light is flashing you won't be able to restart it.

3-50

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (121,1)

NOTE l

Since the electronic codes are reset when repairing the immobilizer system, the keys are needed. Bring all the existing keys to an Authorized

Mazda Dealer.

qMaintenance

If you have a problem with the immobilizer system or the key, consult an


NOTE l

The keys carry a unique electronic code. For this reason, and to assure your safety, obtaining replacement key requires some waiting time.

They are only available through an


l

Always keep a spare key, in case one is lost. If a key is lost, contact an


l

If you lose a key, an Authorized

Mazda Dealer will reset the electronic codes of your remaining keys and immobilizer system. Bring all the remaining keys to an

Authorized Mazda Dealer to reset.

Starting the vehicle with a key that has not been reset is not possible.

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System

qModification and Add-On

Equipment

Mazda cannot guarantee the immobilizer system's operation if the system has been modified or if any add-on equipment has been installed to it.

CAUTION

To avoid damage to your vehicle, do not modify the system or install any add-on equipment to the immobilizer system or the vehicle.

3-51

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (122,1)

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System

Theft-Deterrent System

The theft-deterrent system is designed to prevent your vehicle or its contents from being stolen when all doors, hood, and trunk lid are locked.

If forcible entry is attempted, the system sounds the horn and flashes the hazard warning lights.

NOTE l

The theft-deterrent system operates with the key or the keyless entry system transmitter.

l

(With advanced key)

The theft-deterrent system can also be operated using a request switch or the start knob.

The system operates only when the driver is in the vehicle or within operational range while the advanced key is being carried.

l

The system will not function unless it is properly armed. To properly secure the vehicle, always make sure all windows are completely closed and all doors and the trunk lid are locked before leaving the vehicle.

Remember to take your key and transmitter.

qOperation

System triggering conditions

The horn sounds intermittently and the hazard warning lights flash for about 25 seconds when the system is triggered by any one of the following: l

Forcing open a door, the hood or the trunk lid.

3-52 l

Unlocking a door with the inside doorlock knob.

l

Unlocking a door with the door lock switch.

l

Opening the hood by operating the hood release handle.

If the system is triggered again, the lights and horn will activate until a door or the trunk lid is unlocked with the key or with the transmitter.

(With advanced key)

The lights and horn can also be deactivated by pressing a request switch.

qHow to Arm the System

1. Remove the key from the ignition switch.

(With advanced key)

Turn the start knob to the LOCK position.

2. Make sure the hood is closed. Close and lock all doors and the trunk lid from the outside using the key or press the lock button on your keyless entry system transmitter.

(With advanced key)

Press a request switch or the lock button on the transmitter.

The hazard warning lights will flash once to indicate that the system is armed.

(Without advanced key)

The following method will also arm the theft-deterrent system:

Close the hood and the trunk lid . Press the area on the door-lock switch marked

“LOCK” once. Close all doors.

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (123,1)

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System

NOTE

Locking the doors with the inside doorlock knob will not arm the system.

qTo Turn off an Armed System

An armed system can be turned off by any one of the following methods: l

Unlock a door or the trunk lid with the key.

l

Press the unlock button on the keyless entry system transmitter.

l

Insert the key into the ignition switch and turn it to the ON position.

l

(With advanced key) l l

Press a request switch or the unlock button on the transmitter.

Turn the start knob to the ON position.

The hazard warning lights will flash twice to indicate that the system is turned off.

qTo Stop an Alarm

A triggered alarm can be turned off by any one of the following methods: l

Unlock a door or the trunk lid with the key.

l

Press the unlock button on the keyless entry system transmitter.

l

(With advanced key) l l

Press a request switch.

Press the unlock button on the transmitter.

NOTE

If you have any problem with the theftdeterrent system, consult an Authorized

Mazda Dealer.

qTheft-Deterrent Labels

A label indicating that your vehicle is equipped with a Theft-Deterrent System is in the glove box.

Mazda recommends that you affix it to the lower rear corner of a front door window.

3-53

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (124,1)

Knowing Your Mazda

Steering Wheel and Mirrors

Steering Wheel

WARNING

Never adjust the steering wheel while the vehicle is moving:

Adjusting the steering wheel while the vehicle is moving is dangerous.

Moving it can very easily cause the driver to abruptly turn to the left or right. This can lead to loss of control or an accident.

qSteering Wheel Adjustment

To change the angle or length of the steering wheel:

1. Stop the vehicle, pull down the lock release lever under the steering column.

Lock release lever

2. Tilt the steering wheel and/or adjust the steering column length to the desired positions, push the lever up to lock the column.

3. Push the wheel up and down to be certain it's locked before driving.

Mirrors qOutside Mirrors

Check the mirror angles before driving.

WARNING

Convex Mirror (Passenger Side):

Changing lanes without taking into account the actual distance of the vehicle in the convex mirror is dangerous. You could have a serious accident. What you see in the convex mirror is closer than it appears. Be sure to look over your shoulder before changing lanes.

Power control mirror

The ignition switch must be in the ACC or ON position.

To adjust:

1. Press the left or right side of the selector switch to choose the left or right side mirror.

2. Depress the mirror switch in the appropriate direction.

Selector switch

Outside mirror

Mirror switch

3-54

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (125,1)

Knowing Your Mazda


After adjusting the mirror, lock the control by placing the selector switch in the middle position.

Folding the mirror

Fold the outside mirror rearward until it is flush with the vehicle.

qRearview Mirror

Rearview mirror adjustment

Before driving, adjust the rearview mirror to center on the scene through the rear window.

WARNING

Always return the outside mirrors to the driving position before you start driving:

Driving with the outside mirrors folded in is dangerous. Your rear view will be restricted, and you could have an accident.

Mirror defroster

í

To turn on the mirror defrosters, turn the ignition switch to the ON position and push the rear window defroster switch

(page 5-40).

Reducing glare from headlights

Adjust the mirror with the day/night lever in the day position.

Push the lever forward for day driving.

Pull it back to reduce glare from headlights.

Day/Night lever

Day

Night

í

Some models.

3-55

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Knowing Your Mazda


WARNING

Do not stack cargo or objects higher than the seatbacks:

Cargo stacked higher than the seatbacks is dangerous. It can block your view in the rearview mirror, which might cause you to hit another car when changing lanes.

Black plate (126,1)

3-56

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (127,1)

4


Important information about driving your Mazda.

Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions ........................................ 4-2

Fuel Requirements .................................................................... 4-2

Emission Control System .......................................................... 4-3

Engine Exhaust (Carbon Monoxide) ......................................... 4-4

Before Starting the Engine ........................................................... 4-5

Before Getting In ...................................................................... 4-5

After Getting In ......................................................................... 4-5

Driving Tips ................................................................................... 4-6

Break-In Period ......................................................................... 4-6

Money-Saving Suggestions ...................................................... 4-6

Hazardous Driving .................................................................... 4-7

Rocking the Vehicle .................................................................. 4-8

Winter Driving .......................................................................... 4-8

Driving In Flooded Area ........................................................... 4-9

Overloading ............................................................................ 4-10

Turbocharger Information ....................................................... 4-11

Towing ......................................................................................... 4-12

Trailer Towing ......................................................................... 4-12

4-1

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (128,1)


Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions

Fuel Requirements

Vehicles with catalytic converters or oxygen sensors must use ONLY UNLEADED FUEL, which will reduce exhaust emissions and keep spark plug fouling to a minimum.

Your Mazda will perform best with fuel listed in the table.

Fuel

Premium unleaded fuel

Octane Rating

*

(Anti-knock index)

93 [ (R+M)/2 method] or above (98 RON or above)

* U.S. federal law requires that octane ratings be posted on gasoline station pumps.

This vehicle is designed to use 93 [ (R+M)/2 method] (98RON) or higher gasoline for best performance. If 93 [ (R+M)/2 method] (98RON) is not available, 91 or 92 [ (R+M)/2 method] (96 or 97RON) gasoline can be used. In case 91 or 92 [ (R+M)/2 method] (96 or

97RON) is not available, gasoline as low as 87 [ (R+M)/2method] (91RON) can be used temporarily for emergency purposes. Use of gasoline lower than 93 [ (R+M)/2 method]

(98RON) can decrease performance during its use.

CAUTION l

USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL.

Leaded fuel is harmful to the catalytic converter or the oxygen sensor. The lead will accumulate on the oxygen sensor and the catalyst inside the converter. This will result in a malfunction of the emission control system, causing poor performance.

l

Your vehicle can only use oxygenated fuels containing no more than 10% ethanol by volume. Damage to your vehicle may occur when ethanol exceeds this recommendation, or if the gasoline contains any methanol. Stop using gasohol of any kind if your vehicle engine is performing poorly.

l

Never add fuel system additives. Never add cleaning agents other than those specified by Mazda. Other cleaning agents and additives may damage the system. Consult an


Gasoline blended with oxygenates such as alcohol or ether compounds are generally referred to as oxygenated fuels. The common gasoline blend that can be used with your vehicle is ethanol blended at no more than 10%. Gasoline containing alcohol, such as ethanol or methanol, may be marketed under the name

“Gasohol”.

Vehicle damage and drivability problems resulting from the use of the following may not be covered by the Mazda warranty.

l

Gasohol containing more than 10% ethanol.

l

Gasoline or gasohol containing methanol.

l

Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.

4-2

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (129,1)



Emission Control System

Your vehicle is equipped with an emission control system (the catalytic converter is part of this system) that enables your vehicle to comply with existing exhaust emissions requirements.

WARNING

Never park over or near anything flammable:

Parking over or near anything flammable, such as dry grass, is dangerous. Even with the engine turned off, the exhaust system remains very hot after normal use and could ignite anything flammable. A resulting fire could cause serious injury or death.

CAUTION

Ignoring the following precautions could cause lead to accumulate on the catalyst inside the converter or cause the converter to get very hot. Either condition will damage the converter and cause poor performance.

l

USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL.

l

Don't drive your Mazda with any sign of engine malfunction.

l

Don't coast with the ignition switch turned off.

l

Don't descend steep grades in gear with the ignition switch turned off.

l

Don't operate the engine at high idle for more than 2 minutes.

l

Don't tamper with the emission control system. All inspections and adjustments must be made by a qualified technician.

l

Don't push-start or pull-start your vehicle.

NOTE

Under U.S. federal law, any modification to the original-equipment emission control system before the first sale and registration of a vehicle is subject to penalties. In some states, such modification made on a used vehicle is also subject to penalties.

NOTE

While the engine is off, the sound of a valve opening and closing can be heard at the rear of the vehicle, however this does not indicate an abnormality. Your vehicle has a selfchecking device and it operates while the engine is off.

4-3

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (130,1)



Engine Exhaust (Carbon Monoxide)

WARNING

Do not drive your vehicle if you smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle:

Engine exhaust gas is dangerous. This gas contains carbon monoxide (CO), which is colorless, odorless, and poisonous. When inhaled, it can cause loss of consciousness and death. If you smell exhaust gas inside your vehicle, keep all windows fully open and contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer immediately.

Do not run the engine when inside an enclosed area:

Running the engine inside an enclosed area, such as a garage, is dangerous. Exhaust gas, which contains poisonous carbon monoxide, could easily enter the cabin. Loss of consciousness or even death could occur.

Open the windows or adjust the heating or cooling system to draw fresh air when idling the engine:

Exhaust gas is dangerous. When your vehicle is stopped with the windows closed and the engine running for a long time even in an open area, exhaust gas, which contains poisonous carbon monoxide, could enter the cabin. Loss of consciousness or even death could occur.

Clear snow from underneath and around your vehicle, particularly the tail pipe, before starting the engine:

Running the engine when a vehicle is stopped in deep snow is dangerous. The exhaust pipe could be blocked by the snow, allowing exhaust gas to enter the cabin. Because exhaust gas contains poisonous carbon monoxide, it could cause loss of consciousness or even death to occupants in the cabin.

4-4

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (131,1)


Before Starting the Engine

Before Getting In

l

Be sure the windows, outside mirrors, and outside lights are clean.

l

Inspect inflation pressures and condition of tires.

l

Look under the vehicle for any sign of fluid leaks.

l

If you plan to back up, make sure nothing is in your way.

NOTE

Engine oil, engine coolant, brake/clutch fluid, washer fluid, and other fluid levels should be inspected. See

Maintenance, Section 8.

After Getting In

l

Are all doors closed and locked?

l

Is the seat adjusted properly?

l

Are the inside and outside mirrors adjusted?

l

Is everyone's seat belt fastened?

l

Check all gauges.

l

Check all warning lights when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position.

l

Release the parking brake and make sure the brake warning light goes off.

Always be thoroughly familiar with your

Mazda.

Form No.8V77-EA-06F

4-5



Black plate (132,1)


Driving Tips

Break-In Period

No special break-in is necessary, but a few precautions in the first 1,000 km (600 miles) may add to the performance, economy, and life of your Mazda.

l

Don't race the engine.

l

Don't maintain one constant speed, either slow or fast, for a long period of time.

l

Don't drive constantly at full-throttle or high engine rpm for extended periods of time.

l

Avoid unnecessary hard stops.

l

Avoid full-throttle starts.

Money-Saving Suggestions

How you operate your Mazda determines how far it will travel on a tank of fuel. Use these suggestions to help save money on fuel and repairs.

l

Avoid long warm-ups. Once the engine runs smoothly, begin driving.

l

Avoid fast starts.

l

Keep the engine tuned. Follow the

maintenance schedule (page 8-3) and

have an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform inspections and servicing.

l

Use the air conditioner only when necessary.

l

Slow down on rough roads.

l

Keep the tires properly inflated.

l

Don't carry unnecessary weight.

l

Don't rest your foot on the brake pedal while driving.

l

Keep the wheels in correct alignment.

l

Keep windows closed at high speeds.

l

Slow down when driving in crosswinds and headwinds.

WARNING

Never stop the engine when going down a hill:

Stopping the engine when going down a hill is dangerous. This causes the loss of power steering and power brake control, and may cause damage to the drivetrain. Any loss of steering or braking control could cause an accident.

4-6

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (133,1)


Driving Tips

Hazardous Driving

WARNING

Be extremely careful if it is necessary to downshift on slippery surfaces:

Downshifting into lower gear while driving on slippery surfaces is dangerous. The sudden change in tire speed could cause the tires to skid.

This could lead to loss of vehicle control and an accident.

Do not rely on ABS as a substitute for safe driving:

The ABS cannot compensate for unsafe and reckless driving, excessive speed, tailgating (following another vehicle too closely), driving on ice and snow, and hydroplaning (reduced tire friction and road contact because of water on the road surface). You can still have an accident.

When driving in water, mud, sand, or similar hazards: l

Be cautious and allow extra distance for braking.

l

Avoid sudden braking and sudden maneuvering.

l

Do not pump the brakes. Continue to press down on the brake pedal.

Refer to Anti-Lock Brake System

(ABS) on page 5-7.

l

If you get stuck, select a lower gear and accelerate slowly. Do not spin the front wheels.

Refer to All-Wheel Drive Operation on

page 5-11.

l

For more traction in starting on slippery surfaces, use sand, rock salt, chains, carpeting, or other nonslip material under the front wheels.

4-7

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (134,1)


Driving Tips

Rocking the Vehicle

WARNING

Do not spin the wheels at more than

56 km/h (35 mph), and do not allow anyone to stand behind a wheel when pushing the vehicle:

When the vehicle is stuck, spinning the wheels at high speed is dangerous.

The spinning tire could overheat and explode. This could cause serious injuries.

CAUTION

Too much rocking may cause engine overheating, transaxle failure, and tire damage.

If you must rock the vehicle to free it from snow, sand or mud, depress the accelerator slightly and slowly move the shift lever from 1 to R.

Winter Driving

l

Carry emergency gear, window scraper, flares, a small shovel, jumper cables, and a small bag of sand or salt.

Ask an Authorized Mazda Dealer to perform the following precautions: l

Have the proper ratio of antifreeze in the radiator.

Refer to Engine Coolant on page 8-14.

l

Inspect the battery and its cables. Cold reduces battery capacity.

l

Inspect the ignition system for damage and loose connections.

l

Use washer fluid made with antifreeze

―but don't use engine coolant antifreeze for washer fluid

(page 8-17).

l

Don't use the parking brake in freezing weather as the parking brake may freeze. Instead, shift to 1 or R and block the rear wheels.

qSnow Tires

Use snow tires on all four wheels

Don't go faster than 120 km/h (75 mph) while driving with snow tires. Inflate snow tires 30 kPa (0.3 kgf/cm

2

, 4.3 psi) more than recommended on the tire pressure label (driver's door frame), but never more than the maximum cold-tire pressure shown on the tires.

Your vehicle is originally equipped with summer tires designed for optimum traction on wet and dry roads. If your vehicle is to be used on snow and ice covered roads, Mazda recommends that you replace the tires originally equipped on your vehicle with snow tires during the winter months.

4-8

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (135,1)

WARNING

Use only the same size and type tires

(snow, radial, or non-radial) on all four wheels:

Using tires different in size or type is dangerous. Your vehicle's handling could be greatly affected and result in an accident.

CAUTION

Check local regulations before using studded tires.

qTire Chains

This vehicle cannot be operated with tire chains because it could cause interference with the vehicle body and scratching.


Driving Tips

Driving In Flooded Area

WARNING

Dry wet brakes by driving very slowly and applying the brakes lightly until brake performance returns to normal:

Driving with wet brakes is dangerous.

Increased stopping distance or the vehicle pulling to one side when braking could result in a serious accident. Light braking will indicate whether the brakes have been affected.

CAUTION

Do not drive the vehicle on flooded roads as it could cause short circuiting of electrical/electronic parts, or engine damage or stalling from water absorption. If the vehicle has been immersed in water, consult an


4-9

Form No.8V77-EA-06F




Driving Tips

Overloading

WARNING

Be careful not to overload your vehicle:

The gross axle weight rating (GAWR) and the gross vehicle weight rating

(GVWR) of your vehicle are on the

Motor Vehicle Safety Standard Label on the driver's door frame. Exceeding these ratings can cause an accident or vehicle damage. You can estimate the weight of your load by weighing the items (or people) before putting them in the vehicle.

Black plate (136,1)

4-10

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (137,1)


Driving Tips

Turbocharger Information

The turbocharger greatly enhances engine power. Its advanced design provides improved operation and requires minimum additional maintenance. To get maximum performance from your turbocharged engine, take note of the following tips: l

The turbocharged engine is designed for optimal operation with premium unleaded

gasoline (page 4-2). Do not use fuel with a lower octane rating. Extra fuel additives are

NOT recommended.

l

Change the engine oil and filter using the turbo engine interval outlined in the maintenance schedule (for your driving condition).

l

Use only the recommended engine oil (page 8-12). Extra oil additives are NOT

recommended.

l

After driving at freeway speeds or up a long hill, idle the engine at least 30 seconds to cool the turbo before turning off the engine. Avoid simply shutting the engine off abruptly after a hard or long drive. Damage to the turbocharger may result.

l

Don't race or over-rev the engine when starting. This should not be done with ANY engine, especially not with one that's turbocharged.

l

Do not add any aftermarket devices to alter the engine's ignition timing, fuel delivery, or turbo boost pressure. This may lead to serious engine damage and may void your warranty.

Form No.8V77-EA-06F

4-11




Towing

Trailer Towing

The Mazdaspeed6 is not designed for towing. Never tow a trailer with your

Mazdaspeed6.

Black plate (138,1)

4-12

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (139,1)

5

Driving Your Mazda

Explanation of instruments and controls.

Starting and Driving ..................................................................... 5-2

Ignition Switch .......................................................................... 5-2

Starting the Engine .................................................................... 5-4

Brake System ............................................................................ 5-5

Manual Transaxle Operation ..................................................... 5-9

Power Steering ........................................................................ 5-11

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) Operation ........................................ 5-11

Cruise Control ......................................................................... 5-13

Traction Control System (TCS) .............................................. 5-17

Dynamic Stability Control (DSC) ........................................... 5-18

Instrument Cluster and Indicators ............................................ 5-20

Meters and Gauges .................................................................. 5-20

Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds ............................ 5-24

Warning/Indicator Lights ........................................................ 5-24

Beep Sounds ........................................................................... 5-35

Switches and Controls ................................................................ 5-36

Lighting Control ..................................................................... 5-36

Turn and Lane-Change Signals ............................................... 5-38

Fog Lights ............................................................................... 5-38

Windshield Wipers and Washer .............................................. 5-39

Rear Window Defroster ........................................................... 5-40

Horn ........................................................................................ 5-41

Hazard Warning Flasher .......................................................... 5-42

5-1

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (140,1)

Driving Your Mazda

Starting and Driving

Ignition Switch

(With advanced key)

NOTE

When starting the engine using the advanced key, refer to Starting the

Engine (page 3-10).

When starting the engine with the auxiliary key, perform the following procedure.

1. Remove the auxiliary key from the

advanced key (page 3-15).

2. Make sure the start knob is in LOCK position.

3. Remove the start knob by pulling it outward while pressing the buttons on both the left and right sides.

qIgnition Switch Positions

With advanced key

Without advanced key

LOCK

The steering wheel locks to protect against theft. Only in this position can the key be removed.

Push the key

4. Insert the auxiliary key in the ignition switch.

5-2

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (141,1)

WARNING

Remove the key only when the vehicle is parked:

Removing the key from the ignition switch while the vehicle is moving is dangerous. Removing the key allows the steering wheel to lock. You will lose steering control and a serious accident could occur.



NOTE

If turning the key is difficult, jiggle the steering wheel from side to side.

ACC (Accessory)

The steering wheel unlocks and some electrical accessories will operate.

ON

This is the normal running position after the engine is started. The warning lights

(except brakes) should be inspected

before the engine is started (page 5-24).

NOTE

When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position, the sound of the fuel pump motor operating near the fuel tank can be heard. This does not indicate an abnormality.

Driving Your Mazda


START

The engine is started in this position. It will crank until you release the key; then it returns to the ON position. The brake warning light can be checked after the

engine is started (page 5-24).

qIgnition Key Reminder

If the ignition switch is in the LOCK or

ACC position with the key inserted, a continuous beep sound will be heard when the driver's door is opened.

5-3

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (142,1)

Driving Your Mazda


Starting the Engine

NOTE

Engine-starting is controlled by the spark ignition system.

This system meets all Canadian

Interference-Causing Equipment

Standard requirements regulating the impulse electrical field strength of radio noise.

1. Occupants should fasten their seat belts.

2. Make sure the parking brake is on.

3. Depress the brake pedal.

4. Depress the clutch pedal all the way and shift into neutral.

Keep the clutch pedal depressed while cranking the engine.

NOTE

The starter will not operate if the clutch pedal is not depressed all the way.

5. Turn the ignition switch to the START position and hold (up to 10 seconds at a time) until the engine starts.

CAUTION

Don't try the starter for more than 10 seconds at a time. If the engine stalls or fails to start, wait 10 seconds before trying again. Otherwise, you may damage the starter and drain the battery.

6. After starting the engine, let it idle for about 10 seconds.

5-4

NOTE l

In extremely cold weather, below

_18 °C (0 °F), or after the vehicle has not been driven in several days, let the engine warm up without operating the accelerator.

l

Whether the engine is cold or warm, it should be started without use of the accelerator.

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (143,1)

Driving Your Mazda


Brake System qFoot Brake

Your Mazda has power-assisted brakes that adjust automatically through normal use.

Should power-assist fail, you can stop by applying greater force than normal to the brake pedal. But the distance required to stop will be greater than usual.

WARNING

Do not coast with the engine stalled or turned off, find a safe place to stop:

Coasting with the engine stalled or turned off is dangerous. Braking will require more effort, and the brake's power-assist could be depleted if you pump the brake. This will cause longer stopping distances or even an accident.

Shift to a lower gear when going down steep hills:

Driving with your foot continuously on the brake pedal or steadily applying the brakes for long distances is dangerous. This causes overheated brakes, resulting in longer stopping distances or even total brake failure.

This could cause loss of vehicle control and a serious accident. Avoid continuous application of the brakes.

WARNING

Dry brakes that have become wet by driving very slowly and applying the brakes lightly until brake performance is normal:



qParking Brake

WARNING



CAUTION

Driving with the parking brake on will cause excessive wear of the brake linings or pads.

NOTE

For parking in snow, refer to Winter

Driving (page 4-8) regarding parking

brake use.

5-5

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (144,1)

Driving Your Mazda


Setting the parking brake

Depress the brake pedal and then firmly pull the parking brake lever fully upwards with a greater amount of force than is required so that the vehicle holds in the stationary position.

qBrake System Warning Light

Releasing the parking brake

Depress the brake pedal and pull the parking brake lever upwards, then press the release button. While holding the button, lower the parking brake lever all the way down to the released position.

This warning has the following functions:

Parking brake warning

The light comes on when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position. It goes off when the parking brake is fully released.

Low brake fluid level warning

If the light stays on after the parking brake is fully released, you may have a brake problem.

Drive to the side of the road and park off the right-of-way.

You may notice that the pedal is harder to push or that it may go closer to the floor.

In either case, it will take longer to stop the vehicle.

1. With the engine stopped, check the brake fluid level immediately and add

fluid as required (page 8-16).

2. After adding fluid, check the light again.

If the warning light remains on, or if the brakes do not operate properly, do not drive the vehicle. Have it towed to an


Even if the light goes out have your brake system inspected as soon as possible by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

5-6

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (145,1)

Driving Your Mazda


NOTE

Having to add brake fluid is sometimes an indicator of leakage. Consult an

Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible even if the brake light is no longer illuminated.

WARNING

Do not drive with the brake system warning light illuminated. Contact an

Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the brakes inspected as soon as possible:

Driving with the brake system warning light illuminated is dangerous. It indicates that your brakes may not work at all or that they could completely fail at any time. If this light remains illuminated, after checking that the parking brake is fully released, have the brakes inspected immediately.

qAnti-Lock Brake System (ABS)

The ABS control unit continuously monitors the speed of each wheel. If one is about to lock up, the ABS responds by automatically releasing and reapplying that wheel's brake.

The driver will feel a slight vibration in the brake pedal and may hear a chattering noise from the brake system. This is normal when the ABS operates. Don't pump the brakes, continue to press down on the brake pedal.

WARNING

Do not rely on ABS as a substitute for safe driving:

The ABS cannot compensate for unsafe and reckless driving, excessive speed, tailgating (following another vehicle too closely), driving on ice and snow, and hydroplaning (reduced tire friction and road contact because of water on the road surface). You can still have an accident.

NOTE l

Braking distances may be longer on loose surfaces (snow or gravel, for example) which usually have a hard foundation. A vehicle with a normal braking system may require less distance to stop under these conditions because the tires will build up a wedge of surface layer when the wheels skid.

l

The sound of the ABS operating may be heard when starting the engine or immediately after starting the vehicle. However, it does not indicate a malfunction.

qABS Warning Light

The warning light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position.

5-7

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (146,1)

Driving Your Mazda


If the ABS warning light stays on while you're driving, the ABS control unit has detected a system malfunction. If this occurs, your brakes will function normally as if the vehicle had no ABS.

Should this happen, consult an Authorized


NOTE

When the engine is jump-started to charge the battery, uneven rpm occurs and the ABS warning light comes on.

This is due to a weak battery, not a malfunction.

Recharge the battery.

qElectronic Brake Force

Distribution System Warning

WARNING

Do not drive with both the ABS warning light and brake warning light illuminated. Have the vehicle towed to an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the brakes inspected as soon as possible:

Driving when the brake system warning light and ABS warning light are illuminated at the same time is dangerous.

When both lights are illuminated, the rear wheels could lock more quickly in an emergency stop than under normal circumstances.

qBrake Pad Wear Indicator

When the disc brake pads become worn, the built-in wear indicators contact the disc plates. This causes a screeching noise to warn that the pads should be replaced.

If the electronic brake force distribution control unit determines that some components are operating incorrectly, the control unit may turn the brake system warning light and the ABS warning light on at the same time. The problem is likely to be an electronic brake force distribution system.

When you hear this noise, consult an


5-8

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (147,1)

WARNING

Do not drive with worn disc pads:

Driving with worn disc pads is dangerous. The brakes could fail and cause a serious accident. As soon as you hear a screeching noise consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Driving Your Mazda


Manual Transaxle Operation qManual Transaxle Shift Pattern

Neutral position

Depress the clutch pedal all the way down while shifting; then release it slowly.

Your vehicle is equipped with a device to prevent shifting to R (reverse) by mistake.

Push the shift lever downward and shift to

R.

5-9

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (148,1)

Driving Your Mazda


WARNING

Do not use sudden engine braking on slippery road surfaces or at high speeds:

Shifting down while driving on wet, snowy, or frozen roads, or while driving at high speeds causes sudden engine braking, which is dangerous.

The sudden change in tire speed could cause the tires to skid. This could lead to loss of vehicle control and an accident.

Be sure to leave the shift lever in 1 or

R position and set the parking brake when leaving the vehicle unattended:

Otherwise the vehicle could move and cause an accident.

CAUTION l

Keep your foot off the clutch pedal except when shifting gears. Also, don't use the clutch to hold the vehicle on an upgrade. Riding the clutch will cause needless clutch wear and damage.

l

Make sure the vehicle comes to a complete stop before shifting to R.

Shifting to R while the vehicle is still moving may damage the transaxle.

NOTE

If shifting to R is difficult, shift back into neutral, release the clutch pedal, and try again.

qRecommendations for Shifting

Upshifting

For normal acceleration, we recommend these shift points.

1 to 2

2 to 3

3 to 4

4 to 5

5 to 6

Gear

For cruising

1 to 2

2 to 3

3 to 4

4 to 5

5 to 6

Gear

Vehicle speed

30 km/h (19 mph)

47 km/h (29 mph)

59 km/h (37 mph)

68 km/h (42 mph)

90 km/h (50 mph)

Vehicle speed

18 km/h (11 mph)

40 km/h (25 mph)

51 km/h (32 mph)

64 km/h (40 mph)

78 km/h (49 mph)

Downshifting

When you must slow down in heavy traffic or on a steep upgrade, downshift before the engine starts to overwork. This reduces the chance of stalling and gives better acceleration when you need more speed.

On a steep downgrade, downshifting helps maintain safe speed and prolongs brake life.

5-10

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (149,1)

Driving Your Mazda


Power Steering

Power steering is only operable when the engine is running. If the engine is off or if the power steering system is inoperable, you can still steer, but it requires more physical effort.

If the steering feels stiffer than usual during normal driving, consult an


CAUTION

Never hold the steering wheel to the extreme left or right for more than 5 seconds with the engine running.

This could damage the power steering system.

All-Wheel Drive (AWD)

Operation

AWD provides excellent driveability on snow-covered and ice-packed roads, sand and mud, as well as on steep slopes and other slippery surfaces.

qAWD Driving

This vehicle has not been designed for the purpose of off-road driving or rallies. Do not attempt to drive over uneven or rocky surfaces, or across rivers.

Although this vehicle is equipped with

AWD, acceleration, steering and braking operations should be conducted in the same manner as with a non-AWD vehicle, with the emphasis placed on safe driving.

qAWD Warning Light

This warning light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position.

Thereafter, the warning light will illuminate or flash under the following conditions: l

Illuminates when there is an abnormality with the AWD system.

l

Flashes when the differential oil temperature is abnormally high.

5-11

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (150,1)

Driving Your Mazda

Starting and Driving l

Flashes when there are continually large differences between front and rear wheel rotation, such as when trying to pull away from an icy surface.

If the AWD warning light illuminates:

If the AWD warning light illuminates, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

If the AWD warning light flashes:

Park the vehicle in a safe place. After a few moments; if the warning light stops flashing, you can resume driving. If the light does not stop flashing, contact an


WARNING

Never spin a wheel that is off the ground:

Spinning a wheel that is off the ground as a result of the vehicle being stuck or in a ditch is dangerous. The drive assembly could be seriously damaged which could lead to an accident or could even lead to overheating, oil leakage, and a fire.

qTires and Tire Chains

The condition of the tires plays a large role in the performance of the vehicle.

Moreover, to prevent adverse effects to the drive assembly, please note the following:

Tires l

When replacing tires, always replace all front and rear tires at the same time.

l

All tires must be of the same size, manufacture, brand and tread pattern.

Pay particular attention when equipping snow or other types of winter tires.

l

Do not mix tread-worn tires with normal tires.

l

Inspect tire inflation pressures at the specified periods and adjust to the specified pressures.

NOTE

Check the tire inflation pressure label attached to driver's door frame for the correct tire inflation pressure.

l

Make sure to equip the vehicle with genuine wheels of the specified size, on all wheels. With AWD, the system is calibrated for all four wheels being of the same dimensions.

Tire chains

This vehicle cannot be driven with tire chains installed because they could cause interference with the vehicle body or scratching.

qTowing

If the vehicle requires towing, have it towed with all four wheels completely off

the ground(page 7-18).

5-12

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (151,1)

Driving Your Mazda


qCruise Set Indicator Light

Cruise Control

With cruise control, you can set and automatically maintain any speed of more than about 30 km/h (19 mph).

WARNING

Do not use the cruise control under the following conditions:

Using the cruise control under the following conditions is dangerous and could result in loss of vehicle control.

l

Hilly terrain l l

Steep inclines

Heavy or unsteady traffic l l

Slippery or winding roads

Similar restrictions that require inconsistent speed

qCruise Main Indicator Light

This light comes on when a cruising speed is set.

qActivation/Deactivation

To activate the system, press the ON/OFF switch.

The cruise main indicator light illuminates.

To deactivate the system, press the switch again.

The cruise main indicator light turns off.

This light comes on when the CRUISE

MAIN switch is pressed and the cruise control system is activated.

5-13

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (152,1)

Driving Your Mazda


WARNING

Keep the ON/OFF switch off when cruise control is not in use:

Leaving the ON/OFF switch on when not using the cruise control is dangerous as you may hit one of the other buttons and put the vehicle in cruise control unexpectedly. This could result in loss of vehicle control.

qTo Set Speed

1. Activate the cruise control system by pressing the ON/OFF switch.

2. Accelerate to the desired speed, which must be more than 30 km/h (19 mph).

3. Press the SET/COAST button and release it at the speed you want.

Release the accelerator at the same time.

NOTE l

The SET function can't be activated until about 2 seconds after the ON/

OFF switch has been engaged.

l

On a steep grade, the vehicle may momentarily slow down going up or speed up while going down.

qTo Increase Cruising Speed

Follow either of these procedures.

l

Press the RES/ACCEL button and hold it. Your vehicle will accelerate.

Release the button at the speed you want.

Don't continue to hold in the button. Until you release it, speed will continue to drop

(unless you continue to accelerate) and you'll miss the desired speed.

5-14

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (153,1)

Your vehicle has a tap-up feature that allows you to increase your current speed in increments of 1.6 km/h (1 mph) by a momentary tap of the RES/ACCEL button. Multiple taps will increase your vehicle speed 1.6 km/h (1 mph) for each tap.

l

Accelerate to the desired speed.

Press the SET/COAST button and release it immediately.

Driving Your Mazda


qTo Decrease Cruising Speed

Press the SET/COAST button and hold it.

The vehicle will gradually slow.

Release the button at the speed you want.

NOTE

Accelerate if you want to speed up temporarily when the cruise control is on. Greater speed will not interfere with it or change the set speed.

Take your foot off the accelerator to return to the set speed.

Your vehicle has a tap-down feature that allows you to decrease your current speed in decrements of 1.6 km/h (1 mph) by a momentary tap of the SET/COAST button. Multiple taps will decrease your vehicle speed 1.6 km/h (1 mph) for each tap.

5-15

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (154,1)

Driving Your Mazda


qTo Resume Cruising Speed at

More Than 30 km/h (19 mph)

If some other method besides the ON/

OFF switch was used to cancel cruising speed and the system is still activated, the most recent set speed will automatically resume when the RES/ACCEL button is pressed.

If vehicle speed is below 30 km/h (19 mph), increase the vehicle speed up to 30 km/h (19 mph) and press the RES/

ACCEL button.

l

Press the CANCEL button.

The system is off when the ignition is off.

NOTE

Cruise control will cancel at about 15 km/h (9 mph) below the preset speed or below 30 km/h (19 mph).

qTo Cancel

To turn off the system, use one of these methods: l

Press the ON/OFF switch.

l

Slightly depress the brake pedal.

l

Depress the clutch pedal.

5-16

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (155,1)

Driving Your Mazda


Traction Control System

(TCS)

The Traction Control System (TCS) enhances traction and safety by controlling engine torque and braking.

When the TCS detects driving wheel slippage, it lowers engine torque and operates the brakes to prevent loss of traction.

This means that on a slick surface, the engine adjusts automatically to provide optimum power to the drive wheels without causing them to spin and lose traction.

WARNING

Do not rely on the traction control system as a substitute for safe driving:

The traction control system (TCS) cannot compensate for unsafe and reckless driving, excessive speed, tailgating (following another vehicle too closely), and hydroplaning

(reduced tire friction and road contact because of water on the road surface).

You can still have an accident.

Use snow tires and drive at reduced speeds when roads are covered with ice and/or snow:

Driving without proper traction devices on snow and/or ice-covered roads is dangerous. The traction control system (TCS) alone cannot provide adequate traction and you could still have an accident.

NOTE

To turn off the TCS, press the DSC

OFF switch (page 5-19).

qTCS/DSC Indicator Light

This indicator light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position. If the TCS or DSC is operating, the indicator light flashes.

If the light stays on, the TCS, DSC or the brake assist system may have a malfunction and they may not operate correctly. Take your vehicle to an


NOTE l

In addition to the indicator light flashing, a slight lugging sound will come from the engine. This indicates that the TCS is operating properly.

l

On slippery surfaces, such as fresh snow, it will be impossible to achieve high rpm when the TCS is on.

5-17

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (156,1)

Driving Your Mazda


Dynamic Stability Control

(DSC)

The Dynamic Stability Control (DSC) automatically controls braking and engine torque in conjunction with systems such as ABS and TCS to help control side slip when driving on slippery surfaces, or during sudden or evasive maneuvering, enhancing vehicle safety.

Refer to ABS (page 5-7) and TCS (page

5-17).

WARNING

Do not rely on the dynamic stability control as a substitute for safe driving:

The dynamic stability control (DSC) cannot compensate for unsafe and reckless driving, excessive speed, tailgating (following another vehicle too closely), and hydroplaning

(reduced tire friction and road contact because of water on the road surface).

You can still have an accident.

CAUTION l

The DSC may not operate correctly unless the following are observed: l l l

Use tires of the correct size specified for your Mazda on all four wheels.

Use tires of the same manufacturer, brand and tread pattern on all four wheels.

Do not mix worn tires.

l

The DSC may not operate correctly when a temporary spare tire is installed because the tire diameter changes.



If the light stays on, the TCS or DSC may have a malfunction and they may not operate correctly. Take your vehicle to an


5-18

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (157,1)

Driving Your Mazda


qDSC OFF Indicator Light

This indicator light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position.

It also comes on when the DSC OFF switch is pressed and TCS/DSC is

switched off (page 5-19).

If the light stays on when the TCS/DSC is not switched off, take your vehicle to an

Authorized Mazda Dealer. The dynamic stability control may have a malfunction.

qDSC OFF Switch

Press the DSC OFF switch to turn off the

TCS/DSC. The DSC OFF indicator light will illuminate.

NOTE l

When DSC is on and you attempt to free the vehicle when it is stuck, or drive it out of freshly fallen snow, the TCS (part of the DSC system) will activate. Depressing the accelerator will not increase engine power and freeing the vehicle may be difficult.

When this happens, turn off the TCS/

DSC.

l

If the TCS/DSC is off when the engine is turned off, it automatically activates when the ignition switch is turned on.

l

Leaving the TCS/DSC on will provide the best stability.

Press the switch again to turn the TCS/

DSC back on. The DSC OFF indicator light will go out.

Form No.8V77-EA-06F

5-19



Black plate (158,1)

Driving Your Mazda

Instrument Cluster and Indicators

Meters and Gauges

When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the dashboard gauges illuminate.

Speedometer ...................................................................................................... page 5-21

Odometer, Trip Meter and Trip Meter Selector .................................................. page 5-21

Tachometer ........................................................................................................ page 5-22

Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge .................................................................. page 5-22

Fuel Gauge ........................................................................................................ page 5-23

5-20

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (159,1)

qSpeedometer

The speedometer indicates the speed of the vehicle.

qOdometer, Trip Meter and Trip

Meter Selector

The display mode can be changed between trip meter A and trip meter B by pressing the selector while one of them is displayed. The selected mode will be displayed.

Odometer

Trip meter

Odometer

Trip meter A

Odometer

Trip meter B

Selector

Press the selector

Press the selector

Driving Your Mazda


NOTE

The odometer and trip meter can be displayed as follows even when the ignition switch is in the ACC or LOCK position.

The headlight switch must be in the or position to see the display.

l

Displays for 10 minutes after the ignition switch is turned to the ACC or LOCK position from the ON position.

l

Displays for 10 minutes after any door is opened.

Odometer

The odometer records the total distance the vehicle has been driven.

Trip meter

The trip meter can record the total distance of two trips. One is recorded in trip meter A, and the other is recorded in trip meter B.

For instance, trip meter A can record the distance from the point of origin, and trip meter B can record the distance from where the fuel tank is filled.

When trip meter A is selected, pressing the selector again within one second will change to trip meter B mode.

When trip meter A is selected, TRIP A will be displayed. When trip meter B is selected, TRIP B will be displayed.

5-21

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (160,1)

Driving Your Mazda


The trip meter records the total distance the vehicle is driven until the meter is again reset. Return it to

“0.0” by holding the selector depressed for more than 1 second. Use this meter to measure trip distances and to compute fuel consumption.

NOTE l

Only the trip meters record tenths of kilometers (miles).

l

The trip record will be erased when: l l

The power supply is interrupted

(blown fuse or the battery is disconnected).

The vehicle is driven over

999.9 km (mile).

qTachometer

The tachometer shows engine speed in thousands of revolutions per minute

(rpm).

qEngine Coolant Temperature Gauge

The engine coolant temperature gauge shows the temperature of the engine coolant.

If the needle is near H, it indicates overheating.

CAUTION

Driving with an overheated engine can cause serious engine damage (page

7-11).

Red zone

CAUTION

Don't run the engine with the tachometer needle in the RED ZONE.

This may cause severe engine damage.

5-22

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (161,1)

Driving Your Mazda


qFuel Gauge

The fuel gauge shows approximately how much fuel is in the tank. We recommend keeping the tank over 1/4 full. When the low fuel warning light illuminates or when the needle is near E, refuel as soon as possible.

Bright

Dim

Low fuel warning light

NOTE

The direction of the arrow ( ) shown that the fuel-filler lid is on the left side of the vehicle.

qDashboard Illumination

Rotate the thumb wheel to adjust the brightness of the instrument cluster and other illuminations in the dashboard.

NOTE l

The brightness of dashboard illuminations (except instrument cluster) can be adjusted when the headlight switch is in the or position.

l

The brightness of the instrument cluster illumination can be adjusted when the headlight switch is in any position.

Canceling the illumination dimmer

When the headlight switch is in the or position, the illumination of the instrument cluster and the information display dims.

When driving on snowy or foggy roads, or in other situations when the instrument cluster or information display's visibility is reduced due to glare from surrounding brightness, cancel the illumination dimmer and increase the illumination intensity.

To cancel the illumination dimmer, rotate the thumb wheel upward fully. You may hear a click sound and the illumination dimmer will be canceled.

NOTE

If the dashboard illumination switch is kept at the illumination dimmer cancel position, the instrument cluster and the information display will not dim when the headlight switch is turned to the or position again.

5-23

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Driving Your Mazda

Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds

Warning/Indicator Lights

Black plate (162,1)

Warning/Indicator lights will appear in any of the highlighted areas

Signal Warning/Indicator Lights

Brake System Warning Light

Charging System Warning Light

Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light

Check Engine Light

ABS Warning Light

Air Bag/Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light

Low Fuel Warning Light

Page

5-26

5-27

5-28

5-28

5-26

5-29

5-29

5-24

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (163,1)

Driving Your Mazda


Signal Warning/Indicator Lights

Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep

Door-Ajar Warning Light

Low Washer Fluid Level Warning Light

AWD Warning Light

KEY Warning Light (Red)/KEY Indicator Light (Green)

Security Indicator Light

Headlight High-Beam Indicator Light

TCS/DSC Indicator Light

DSC OFF Indicator Light

Cruise Main Indicator Light

Cruise Set Indicator Light

Light-On Indicator Light

Turn Signal/Hazard Warning Indicator Lights

Page

5-29

5-33

5-33

5-33

5-34

5-31

5-31

5-31

5-31

5-34

5-34

5-34

5-34

5-25

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (164,1)

Driving Your Mazda


qBrake System Warning Light

This warning has the following functions:

Parking brake warning

The light comes on when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position. It goes off when the parking brake is fully released.

Low brake fluid level warning

If the light stays on after the parking brake is fully released, you may have a brake problem.

Drive to the side of the road and park off the right-of-way.

You may notice that the pedal is harder to push or that it may go closer to the floor.

In either case, it will take longer to stop the vehicle.

1. With the engine stopped, check the brake fluid level immediately and add

fluid as required (page 8-16).

2. After adding fluid, check the light again.

If the warning light remains on, or if the brakes do not operate properly, do not drive the vehicle. Have it towed to an


Even if the light goes out have your brake system inspected as soon as possible by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

5-26

NOTE

Having to add brake fluid is sometimes an indicator of leakage. Consult an

Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible even if the brake light is no longer illuminated.

WARNING

Do not drive with the brake system warning light illuminated. Contact an

Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the brakes inspected as soon as possible:

Driving with the brake system warning light illuminated is dangerous. It indicates that your brakes may not work at all or that they could completely fail at any time. If this light remains illuminated, after checking that the parking brake is fully released, have the brakes inspected immediately.

qABS Warning Light

The warning light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position.

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (165,1)

Driving Your Mazda


If the ABS warning light stays on while you're driving, the ABS control unit has detected a system malfunction. If this occurs, your brakes will function normally as if the vehicle had no ABS.

Should this happen, consult an Authorized


NOTE

When the engine is jump-started to charge the battery, uneven rpm occurs and the ABS warning light comes on.

This is due to a weak battery, not a malfunction.

Recharge the battery.

qElectronic Brake Force

Distribution System Warning

WARNING

Do not drive with both the ABS warning light and brake warning light illuminated. Have the vehicle towed to an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the brakes inspected as soon as possible:

Driving when the brake system warning light and ABS warning light are illuminated at the same time is dangerous.

When both lights are illuminated, the rear wheels could lock more quickly in an emergency stop than under normal circumstances.

qCharging System Warning Light

If the electronic brake force distribution control unit determines that some components are operating incorrectly, the control unit may turn the brake system warning light and the ABS warning light on at the same time. The problem is likely to be an electronic brake force distribution system.

This warning light illuminates when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position and turns off when the engine is started.

If the warning light illuminates while driving, it indicates a malfunction of the alternator or of the charging system.

Drive to the side of the road and park off the right-of-way. Consult an Authorized

Mazda Dealer.

5-27

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (166,1)

Driving Your Mazda


CAUTION

Don't continue driving when the charging system warning light is illuminated because the engine could stop unexpectedly.

qEngine Oil Pressure Warning Light

CAUTION

Don't run the engine if oil pressure is low. It could result in extensive engine damage.

qCheck Engine Light

This warning light illuminates when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position and turns off when the engine is started.

This warning light indicates low engine oil pressure.

If the light illuminates while driving:

1. Drive to the side of the road and park off the right-of-way on level ground.

2. Turn off the engine and wait 5 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan.

3. Inspect the engine oil level (page 8-13).

If it's low, add oil.

4. Start the engine and check the warning light.

If the light remains illuminated even after you add oil, stop the engine immediately and have your vehicle towed to an


This indicator light illuminates when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position and goes off when the engine is started.

If this light comes on while driving, the vehicle may have a problem. It is important to note the driving conditions when the light came on and consult an


The check engine light may come on in the following cases: l

The fuel tank level being very low or approaching empty.

l

The engine's electrical system has a problem.

l

The emission control system has a problem.

l

The fuel-filler cap is missing or not tightened securely.

If the check engine light remains on or flashes continuously, do not drive at high speeds and consult an Authorized Mazda

Dealer as soon as possible.

5-28

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (167,1)

Driving Your Mazda


qAir Bag/Front Seat Belt

Pretensioner System Warning Light qLow Fuel Warning Light

Low fuel warning light




WARNING



This warning light in the fuel gauge signals that the fuel tank will soon be empty.

Refuel as soon as possible.

qSeat Belt Warning Light/Beep

The seat belt warning light illuminates and a beep sound will be heard if the driver's seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position.

Conditions of operation

Condition

The driver's seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position.

The driver's seat belt is fastened while the warning light and the beep sound are activated.

The driver's seat belt is fastened before the ignition switch is turned to the ON position.

Result

The warning light flashes and a beep sound will be heard for about 6 seconds.

The warning light turns off and the beep sound stops.

The warning light will not illuminate and the beep sound will not be heard.

5-29

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (168,1)

Driving Your Mazda


Belt minder

NOTE

The belt minder can be deactivated.

Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer to deactivate and restore the seat belt minder.

Driver seated/Front passenger not seated

The belt minder is a supplemental warning to the seat belt warning function.


ON position, the warning light/beep operates to give you further reminders according to the chart below.

Condition

Vehicle speed

Between 0

― 20 km/h

(0

― 12 mph)

20 km/h

(12 mph) or more

Seat belt

Indicator

Beep

: Fastened

: Unfastened

: Illuminated

: Flashing

: Beep


Driver seated/Front passenger seated

The seat belt warning light/beep reminds the front passenger to fasten the seat belt according to the chart below.

Condition

Vehicle speed

Between 0

― 20 km/h

(0

― 12 mph)

20 km/h

(12 mph) or more

Seat belt

(Driver)

Seat belt

(Passenger)

Indicator

Beep

: Fastened

: Unfastened

: Illuminated

: Flashing

: Beep


NOTE l

To allow the front passenger seat weight sensor to function properly, do not place and sit on an additional seat cushion on the front passenger seat. The sensor may not function properly because the additional seat cushion could cause sensor interference.

l

Placing packages, luggage, pets or other items on the front passenger seat may cause the front passenger belt minder warning light and beep to operate depending on the weight of the item.

5-30

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (169,1)

Driving Your Mazda


qDoor-Ajar Warning Light

This warning light comes on when any door isn't securely closed.

qLow Washer Fluid Level

Warning Light

í

This warning light indicates that little washer fluid remains. Add fluid (page

8-17).

qAWD Warning Light

l

Flashes when the differential oil temperature is abnormally high.

l

Flashes when there are continually large differences between front and rear wheel rotation, such as when trying to pull away from an icy surface.

If the AWD warning light illuminates:

If the AWD warning light illuminates, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

If the AWD warning light flashes:

Park the vehicle in a safe place. After a few moments; if the warning light stops flashing, you can resume driving. If the light does not stop flashing, contact an


WARNING

Never spin a wheel that is off the ground:

Spinning a wheel that is off the ground as a result of the vehicle being stuck or in a ditch is dangerous. The drive assembly could be seriously damaged which could lead to an accident or could even lead to overheating, oil leakage, and a fire.

qKEY Warning Light (Red)/KEY

Indicator Light (Green)

This warning light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position.

Thereafter, the warning light will illuminate or flash under the following conditions: l

Illuminates when there is an abnormality with the AWD system.

This indicator has two colors.

í

Some models.

5-31

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (170,1)

Driving Your Mazda


KEY Warning Light (Red)

When illuminated l

When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position, it illuminates momentarily and then goes out.

l

If any malfunction occurs in the advanced keyless system, it illuminates continuously.

WARNING

Do not drive the vehicle with the KEY warning light illuminated:

If the KEY warning light remains illuminated, do not continue to drive using the advanced key system. Park the vehicle in a safe place and use the auxiliary key to continue driving the vehicle. Have the vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.

When flashing l

Under the following conditions, the

KEY warning light (red) flashes to inform the driver that the start knob will not rotate to the ACC position even if it is pushed in from the LOCK position.

l l l l


The advanced key is not within operational range.




l

Under the following conditions, the

KEY warning light (red) will flash continuously when the start knob has not been returned to the LOCK position to notify the driver that the advanced key has been removed from the vehicle. It will stop flashing when the advanced key is back inside the vehicle.

l l

The start knob has not been returned to the LOCK position, the driver's door is open, and the advanced key is removed from the vehicle.

The start knob has not been returned to the LOCK position and all the doors are closed after removing the advanced key from the vehicle.

NOTE

The flashing KEY warning light (red) and the beep sound operate

simultaneously (page 3-19).

KEY Indicator Light (Green)

When illuminated

When the start knob is pushed in from the

LOCK position, the system confirms that the correct advanced key is inside the vehicle, the KEY indicator light (green) illuminates, and the start knob can be

turned to the ACC position (page 3-10).

When flashing

When the advanced key battery power is low, the KEY indicator light flashes for 30 seconds after the start knob is turned from the ON position to the ACC or LOCK position. Replace with a new battery before the advanced key becomes

unusable (page 3-6).

5-32

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (171,1)

Driving Your Mazda


NOTE

The advanced key can be set so that the

KEY indicator light (green) does not flash even if the battery power is low.

Refer to Setting Change (Function

Customization)(page 3-18).

qSecurity Indicator Light qHeadlight High-Beam Indicator

Light

This light indicates one of two things: l

The high-beam headlights are on.

l

The turn signal lever is in the flash-topass position.


This indicator light starts flashing every 2 seconds when the ignition switch is turned from the ON to the ACC position and the immobilizer system is armed.

The light stops flashing when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position with the correct ignition key.

At this time, the immobilizer system is disarmed and the light illuminates for about 3 seconds and then goes out.



If the light stays on, the TCS, DSC or the brake assist system may have a malfunction and they may not operate correctly. Take your vehicle to an


5-33

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (172,1)

Driving Your Mazda


qDSC OFF Indicator Light qLight-On Indicator Light

This indicator light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position.

It also comes on when the DSC OFF switch is pressed and TCS/DSC is

switched off (page 5-19).

If the light stays on when the TCS/DSC is not switched off, take your vehicle to an

Authorized Mazda Dealer. The dynamic stability control may have a malfunction.

qCruise Main Indicator Light

This indicator light comes on when the exterior lights and dashboard illumination are on.

qTurn-Signal/Hazard Warning

Indicator Lights

This light comes on when the ON/OFF switch is pressed and the cruise control system is activated.

qCruise Set Indicator Light

When operating the turn signal lights, the left or right turn signal indicator light flashes to indicate which turn signal light

is operating (page 5-38).

When operating the hazard warning lights, both turn signal indicator lights

flash (page 5-42).

NOTE

If an indicator light remains illuminated

(does not flash) or if it flashes abnormally, one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out.

This light comes on when a cruising speed is set.

5-34

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (173,1)

Driving Your Mazda


Beep Sounds qSeat Belt Warning Beep


ON position, a beep sound will be heard for about 6 seconds.

If the driver's seat belt is not fastened and the vehicle is driven at a speed faster than about 20 km/h (12 mph), a beep sound will be heard again for a specified period of time.

Refer to Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep on

page 5-29.

qIgnition Key Reminder

If the ignition switch is in the LOCK or

ACC position with the key inserted, a continuous beep sound will be heard when the driver's door is opened.

qLights-On Reminder

If lights are on and the key is removed from the ignition switch, a continuous beep sound will be heard when the driver's door is opened.

NOTE

When the advanced keyless function is used and the start knob is in the ACC position, the

“Start Knob Not in LOCK

Warning Beep

” (page 3-16) overrides

the lights-on reminder.

qAdvanced Keyless Warning

í

Warning indicators for the advanced key, such as

“the advanced key removed from vehicle warning

”, use a beep sound and warning/indicator lights in the instrument cluster.

Refer to Warning and Beep Sounds on

page 3-16.

í

Some models.

5-35

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (174,1)

Driving Your Mazda

Switches and Controls

Lighting Control qHeadlights

To turn on the lights, turn the headlight switch on the end of the control lever.

Switch Position

Headlights

Taillights

Parking lights

License lights

Side-marker lights

Dashboard illumination

Off

Off

Off

On

On

On

NOTE l

If the light switch is left on, the lights will automatically switch off 30 seconds after turning the ignition switch to the LOCK position or removing the key.

The lights will automatically switch back on when the ignition switch is turned to the ACC or ON position.

l

To prevent discharging the battery, don't leave the lights on while the engine is off unless safety requires them.

5-36

Xenon fusion headlight bulbs

The low-beam bulbs of the headlights have xenon fusion bulbs that produce a bright white beam over a wide area.

WARNING

Do not replace the xenon fusion bulbs yourself:

Replacing the xenon fusion bulbs yourself is dangerous. Because the xenon fusion bulbs require high voltage, you could receive an electric shock if the bulbs are handled incorrectly. Consult an Authorized

Mazda Dealer when the replacement is necessary.

NOTE

If the headlights flicker, or the brightness weakens, the bulb-life may be depleted and a replacement is necessary. Consult an Authorized

Mazda Dealer.

qLights-On Reminder

If lights are on and the key is removed from the ignition switch, a continuous beep sound will be heard when the driver's door is opened.

NOTE

When the advanced keyless function is used and the start knob is in the ACC position, the

“Start Knob Not in LOCK

Warning Beep

” (page 3-16) overrides

the lights-on reminder.

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



qHeadlight High-Low Beam

Push the lever forward for high beam.

Pull back to original position for low beam.

High beam

Low beam

Black plate (175,1)

Driving Your Mazda


qHeadlight Leveling

The number of passengers and weight of cargo in the luggage compartment change the angle of the headlights.

The headlight leveling switch adjusts this angle.

qFlashing the Headlights

To flash the headlights, pull the lever fully toward you. The headlight switch does not need to be on, and the lever will return to the normal position when released.

Select the proper setting from the following chart.

Front seat

Driver Passenger

×

―

× ×

×

×

×

×

×

―

×: Yes

―: No

Rear seat

―

―

×

×

―

Load

―

―

―

×

×

Switch

Position

0

2

3

0

1

qDaytime Running Lights (Canada)

In Canada, vehicles must be driven with the headlights on during daytime operation.

For that reason, the daytime running lights automatically turn on when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position.

NOTE

The Daytime Running Lights turn off when the parking brake is applied.

5-37

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (176,1)

Driving Your Mazda


Turn and Lane-Change

Signals qTurn Signal

Move the signal lever down (for a left turn) or up (for a right turn) to the stop position. The signal will self-cancel after the turn is completed.

If the indicator light continues to flash after a turn, manually return the lever to its original position.

Right turn

Right lane change

OFF

Left lane change

Left turn

Green indicators on the dashboard show which signal is working.

Lane-change signals

Move the lever slightly toward the direction of the change

―until the indicator flashes

― and hold it there. It will return to the off position when released.

NOTE

If an indicator light stays on without flashing or if it flashes abnormally, one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out.

Fog Lights

Use this switch to turn on the fog lights.

They help you to see as well as to be seen.

To turn the front fog lights on, rotate the fog light switch to the position.

The headlight switch must be in the position to turn on the front fog lights.

Fog light switch

To turn them off, rotate the fog light switch to the OFF position or turn the headlight switch to the or OFF position.

NOTE

The fog lights will turn off when the headlights are set at high beam.

5-38

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (177,1)

Driving Your Mazda


Windshield Wipers and

Washer

The ignition switch must be in the ON position.

WARNING

Use only windshield washer fluid or plain water in the reservoir:

Using radiator antifreeze as washer fluid is dangerous. If sprayed on the windshield, it will dirty the windshield, affect your visibility, and could result in an accident.

Do not use the washer without first warming the windshield and never use plain tap water:

Using windshield washer fluid without anti-freeze protection in freezing temperatures is dangerous. The washer fluid could freeze on the windshield and block your vision. You could have an accident.

NOTE

Because heavy ice and snow can jam the wiper blades, the wiper motor is protected from motor breakdown, overheating and possible fire by a circuit breaker. This mechanism will automatically stop operation of the blades, but only for about 5 minutes.

If this happens, turn off the wiper switch and park off the right-of-way, and remove the snow and ice.

After 5 minutes, turn on the switch and the blades should operate normally. If they don't resume functioning, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible. Drive to the side of the road and park off the right-of-way. Wait until the weather clears before trying to drive with the wipers inoperative.

qWindshield Wipers

Turn the wipers on by pulling the lever down.

MIST

― Mist

INT

― Intermittent

1

― Low speed

2

― High speed

For a single wiping cycle, push the lever up to MIST.

5-39

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (178,1)

Driving Your Mazda


Variable-speed intermittent wipers

Set the lever to INT and choose the interval timing by rotating the ring.

OFF

INT

INT ring

qWindshield Washer

Pull the lever toward you and hold it to spray washer fluid.

OFF

Rear Window Defroster

The rear window defroster clears frost, fog, and thin ice from the rear window.

The ignition switch must be in the ON position.

Press the switch to turn on the rear window defroster. The rear window defroster operates for about 15 minutes and turns off automatically.

The indicator light illuminates during operation.

To turn off the rear window defroster before the 15 minutes has elapsed, press the switch again.

Washer

NOTE

With the wiper lever in the OFF or INT position, the wipers will operate continuously until the lever is released.

If the washer doesn't work, inspect the

fluid level (page 8-17). If it's OK, consult

an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

CAUTION

Don't use sharp instruments or window cleaners with abrasives to clean the inside of the rear window surface. They may damage the defroster grid inside the window.

5-40

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



NOTE

This defroster is not designed for melting snow. If there is an accumulation of snow on the rear window, remove it before using the defroster.

Black plate (179,1)

Driving Your Mazda


Horn

To sound the horn, press the the steering wheel.

mark on

Form No.8V77-EA-06F

5-41



Driving Your Mazda


Hazard Warning Flasher

The hazard warning lights should always be used when you stop on or near a roadway in an emergency.

The hazard warning lights warn other drivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazard and that they must take extreme caution when near it.

Black plate (180,1)

Depress the hazard warning flasher and all the turn signals will flash.

NOTE l

The turn signals don't work when the hazard warning lights are on.

l

Check local regulations about the use of hazard warning lights while the vehicle is being towed. They may forbid it.

5-42

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (181,1)

6

Interior Comfort

Use of various features for drive comfort, including air-conditioning and audio system.

Climate Control System ............................................................... 6-2

Operating Tips ........................................................................... 6-2

Vent Operation .......................................................................... 6-3

Control Panel ............................................................................ 6-5

Audio System ............................................................................... 6-10

Antenna ................................................................................... 6-10

Operating Tips for Audio System ........................................... 6-10

Audio Set ................................................................................ 6-21

Audio Control Switch Operation (Steering Wheel) ................ 6-37

Safety Certification ................................................................. 6-39

Interior Equipment ..................................................................... 6-40

Sunvisors ................................................................................. 6-40

Interior Lights ......................................................................... 6-40

Information Display ................................................................ 6-43

Lighter ..................................................................................... 6-45

Ashtray .................................................................................... 6-46

Cup Holder .............................................................................. 6-47

Bottle Holder ........................................................................... 6-48

Storage Compartments ............................................................ 6-49

Accessory Sockets .................................................................. 6-51

6-1

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (182,1)

Interior Comfort

Climate Control System

Operating Tips qOperating the Climate Control

System

Operate the climate control system with the engine running.

NOTE

To prevent the battery from being discharged, do not leave the fan control dial on for a long period of time with the ignition switch in the ACC position when the engine is not running.

qClearing the Air Inlet

Clear all obstructions like leaves, snow and ice from the hood and the air inlet in the cowl grille to improve the system efficiency.

qFoggy Windows

The windows may fog up easily in humid weather. Use the climate control system to defog the windows.

To help defog the windows, operate the air conditioner to dehumidify the air.

NOTE

The air conditioner may be used along with the heater to dehumidify the air.

qOutside/Recirculated Air Position

Use the outside air position in normal conditions. The recirculated air position should be used only when driving on dusty roads or for quick cooling of the interior.

6-2

qParking in Direct Sunlight

If the vehicle has been parked in direct sunlight during hot weather, open the windows to let warm air escape, then run the climate control system.

qNot Using for a Long Period

Run the air conditioner about 10 minutes at least once a month to keep internal parts lubricated.

qCheck the Refrigerant before the

Weather Gets Hot

Have the air conditioner checked before the weather gets hot. Lack of refrigerant may make the air conditioner less efficient. Consult an Authorized Mazda

Dealer for refrigerant inspection.

The air conditioner is filled with

HFC134a (R134a), a refrigerant that will not damage the ozone layer.

If the air conditioner is low on refrigerant or has a malfunction, consult an


qReplacement of the Cabin Air Filter

If your vehicle is equipped with an air filter for the air conditioner, it is necessary to change the filter periodically as indicated in scheduled maintenance (page

8-3). Consult an Authorized Mazda

Dealer for replacement of the cabin air filter.

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (183,1)

Interior Comfort


Vent Operation qAdjusting the Vents

Directing airflow

1. Press the upper part of the air vent to open it.

2. Rotate the air vent left and right to adjust the direction of airflow.

NOTE

When using the air conditioner, mist may come out from the vents. This is not a sign of trouble but a result of humid air being suddenly cooled.

6-3

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Interior Comfort


qSelecting the Airflow Mode

Dashboard Vents

Black plate (184,1)

Defroster and Floor Vents

Dashboard and Floor Vents Defroster Vents

Floor Vents

6-4

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (185,1)

Interior Comfort


Control Panel

Climate control information is displayed on the information display.

qControl Switches

AUTO switch

By pressing the AUTO switch the following functions will be automatically controlled in accordance with the set temperature: l

Airflow temperature l

Amount of airflow l

Selection of airflow mode l

Outside/Recirculated air selection l

Air conditioner operation

NOTE

AUTO switch indicator light l

When on, it indicates AUTO operation, and the system will function automatically.

l

When off, it indicates the operation of other switches such as the mode selector switch, fan control dial, A/C switch and windshield defroster switch. Other functions will continue to operate automatically.

6-5

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Interior Comfort


OFF switch Mode selector switch

Black plate (186,1)

Pressing the OFF switch shuts off the climate control system.

Temperature control dial

Cold

Hot

This dial controls temperature.Turn it clockwise for hot and counterclockwise for cold.

Fan control dial

The desired airflow mode can be selected

(page 6-4).

NOTE l

With the airflow mode set to position and the temperature control dial set at a medium temperature, heated air is directed to the feet and a comparably lower air temperature will flow through the central, left and right vents.

l

To set the air vent to , press the windshield defroster switch.

A/C switch

Slow Fast

The fan has seven speeds. The selected speed will be displayed.

With the AUTO or fan control dial ON, press the A/C switch to select the air conditioning (cooling/dehumidifying functions) on or off.

6-6

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (187,1)

Interior Comfort


Windshield defroster switch

NOTE

The air conditioner may not function when the outside temperature approaches 0 °C (32 °F). (Indicator remains on even when system is off.)

Air intake selector

Outside or recirculated air positions can be selected. Press the switch to select outside/recirculated air positions.

Recirculated air position ( )

Use this position when going through tunnels, driving in congested traffic (high engine exhaust areas) or when quick cooling is desired.

Outside air position ( )

Use this position for normal conditions and defogging.

WARNING

Do not use the position in cold or rainy weather:

Using the position in cold or rainy weather is dangerous as it will cause the windows to fog up. Your vision will be hampered, which could lead to a serious accident.

Press the switch to defrost the windshield and front door windows.

qOperation of Automatic Air

Conditioning

1. Press the AUTO switch. Selection of the airflow mode, air intake selector and amount of airflow will be automatically controlled.

2. Use the temperature control dial to select a desired temperature.

Cold Hot

To turn off the system, press the OFF switch.

6-7

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (188,1)

Interior Comfort


NOTE l

Setting the temperature to maximum high or low will not provide the desired temperature at a faster rate.

l

When selecting heat, the system will restrict airflow until it has warmed to prevent cold air from blowing out of the vents.

qWindshield Defrosting and Defogging

Press the windshield defroster switch.

In this position, the position is automatically selected, and the air conditioner automatically turns on

(however, the indicator light does not illuminate). The air conditioner will directly dehumidify the air to the front

windshield and side windows (page 6-4).

Airflow amount will be increased.

WARNING

Set the temperature control to the hot or warm position when defogging ( position):

Using the position with the temperature control set to the cold position is dangerous as it will cause the outside of the windshield to fog up.

Your vision will be hampered, which could lead to a serious accident.

NOTE

Use the temperature control dial to increase the air flow temperature and defog the windshield more quickly.

qSunlight/Temperature Sensor

The fully automatic air conditioner function measures inside and outside temperatures, and sunlight. It then sets temperatures inside the passenger compartment accordingly.

CAUTION

Do not obstruct either sensor, otherwise the automatic air conditioner will not operate properly.

6-8

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (189,1)

Interior Comfort


Sunlight sensor

Interior temperature sensor

6-9

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (190,1)

Interior Comfort

Audio System

Antenna qDetachable Type

To remove the antenna, turn it counterclockwise.

To install the antenna, turn it clockwise.

Make sure the antenna is securely installed.

Remove

Install

CAUTION l

To prevent damage to the antenna, remove it before entering a car wash facility or passing beneath a low overhead clearance.

l

Be careful around the antenna when removing snow from the roof.

Otherwise the antenna could be damaged.

NOTE

When leaving your vehicle unattended, we recommend that you remove the antenna and store it inside the vehicle.

Operating Tips for Audio

System

WARNING

Do not adjust the audio control switches while driving the vehicle:

Adjusting the audio while driving the vehicle is dangerous as it could distract your attention from the vehicle operation which could lead to a serious accident. Always adjust the audio while the vehicle is stopped.

Even if the audio control switches are equipped on the steering wheel, learn to use the switches without looking down at them so that you can keep your maximum attention on the road while driving the vehicle.

CAUTION

For the purposes of safe driving, adjust the audio volume to a level that allows you to hear sounds outside of the vehicle.

NOTE l

Do not use the audio for long periods of time while the engine is off.

Otherwise the battery could go dead.

l

If a cellular phone or CB radio is used in or near the vehicle, it could cause noise to occur from the audio system, however, this does not indicate that the system has been damaged.

6-10

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (191,1)

Interior Comfort

Audio System

qRadio Reception

AM characteristics

AM signals bend around such things as buildings or mountains and bounce off the ionosphere. Therefore, they can reach longer distances than FM signals. Because of this, two stations may sometimes be picked up on the same frequency at the same time.

Ionosphere

Station 1 Station 2

FM characteristics

An FM broadcast range is usually about

40

―50 km (25―30 miles) from the source. Because of extra coding needed to break the sound into two channels, stereo

FM has even less range than monaural

(non-stereo) FM.

FM Station

40—50km

(25—30 miles)

Signals from an FM transmitter are similar to beams of light because they do not bend around corners, but they do reflect.

Unlike AM signals, FM signals cannot travel beyond the horizon. Therefore, FM stations cannot be received at the great distances possible with AM reception.

Ionosphere

FM wave

AM wave

FM wave

100—200 km (60—120 miles)

Atmospheric conditions can also affect

FM reception. High humidity will cause poor reception. However, cloudy days may provide better reception than clear days.

Multipath noise

Since FM signals can be reflected by obstructions, it is possible to receive both the direct signal and the reflected signal at the same time. This causes a slight delay in reception and may be heard as a broken sound or a distortion. This problem may also be encountered when in close proximity to the transmitter.

Reflected wave

Direct

6-11

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (192,1)

Interior Comfort

Audio System

Flutter/Skip noise

Signals from an FM transmitter move in straight lines and become weak in valleys between tall buildings, mountains, and other obstacles. When a vehicle passes through such an area, the reception conditions may change suddenly, resulting in annoying noise.

Strong signal noise

This occurs very close to a transmitter tower. The broadcast signals are extremely strong, so the result is noise and sound breakup at the radio receiver.

Weak signal noise

In suburban areas, broadcast signals become weak because of distance from the transmitter. Reception in such fringe areas is characterized by sound breakup.

Station drift noise

When a vehicle reaches the area of two strong stations broadcasting at similar frequencies, the original station may be temporarily lost and the second station picked up. At this time there will be some noise from this disturbance.

Station 1

88.1 MHz

Station 2

88.3 MHz

6-12

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (193,1)

qOperating Tips for Cassette Tape

Player

Cleaning the cassette tape player

The tape head, capstans, and pinch rollers will gather oxide residue from cassette tapes. This can cause weak or wavering sounds and damage to the cassette tapes and player. Use a good quality headcleaning tape or a liquid cleaner cassette tape to remove it.

Should the unit not operate normally, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Never attempt to repair it or insert a screwdriver or anything else.

Handling the cassette tape player

The following precautions should be observed.

l

Do not spill any liquid on the audio system.

Interior Comfort

Audio System l

If the cassette tape is loose, it may produce poor sound or performance during playback. Use a pencil or something similar to remove any slack.

l

Only cassette tapes that play no longer than 90 minutes should be used.

Cassette tape exceeding 90 minutes are thin and may easily break.

l

Do not leave a cassette tape in the tape player slot when not in use. Remove it completely to permit the slot door to close and to protect the mechanism from dust.

l

Store cassette tapes away from extreme heat, magnetic fields, and direct sunlight. Protect the exposed cassette tape from dirt and damage. Store cassette tapes in their original cases or other protective cases.

l

Do not insert any objects, other than cassette tape, into the slot.

6-13

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (194,1)

Interior Comfort

Audio System

qOperating Tips for In-Dash CD

Changer

Condensation phenomenon

Immediately after turning on the heater when the vehicle is cold, the CD or optical components (prism and lens) in the

In-dash CD changer may become clouded with condensation. At this time, the CD will eject immediately when placed in the unit. A clouded CD can be corrected simply by wiping it with a soft cloth.

Clouded optical components will clear naturally in about an hour. Wait for normal operation to return before attempting to use the unit.

Handling the In-dash CD changer

The following precautions should be observed.

l

Do not spill any liquid on the audio system.

l

The CD revolves at high speed within the unit. Defective (cracked or badly bent) CDs should never be used.

l

Do not use non-conventional discs such as heart-shaped, octagonal discs, etc. The disc may not eject resulting in a malfunction.

l

If the memory portion of the CD is transparent or translucent, do not use the disc.

l

Do not insert any objects, other than

CDs, into the slot.

Transparent

6-14

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (195,1)

Interior Comfort

Audio System l

A new CD may have rough edges on its inner and outer perimeters. If a disc with rough edges is used, proper setting will not be possible and the Indash CD changer will not play the CD.

In addition, the disc may not eject resulting in a malfunction. Remove the rough edges in advance by using a ballpoint pen or pencil as shown below. To remove the rough edges, rub the side of the pen or pencil against the inner and outer perimeter of the CD.

l

Use discs that have been legitimately produced. If illegally-copied discs such as pirated discs are used, the system may not operate properly.

l

Be sure never to touch the signal surface when handling the CDs. Pick up a CD by grasping the outer edge or the edge of the hole and the outer edge.

l

When driving over uneven surfaces, the sound may jump.

l

The In-dash CD changer has been designed to play CDs bearing the identification logo as shown. No other discs can be played.

l

Do not stick paper or tape on the CD.

Avoid scratching the reverse side (the side without a label). The disc may not eject resulting in a malfunction.

l

Dust, finger smudges, and dirt can decrease the amount of light reflected from the signal surface, thus affecting sound quality. If the CD should become soiled, gently wipe it with a soft cloth from the center of the CD to the edge.

6-15

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (196,1)

Interior Comfort

Audio System l

Do not use record sprays, antistatic agents, or household spray cleaners.

Volatile chemicals such as benzine and thinner can also damage the surface of the CD and must not be used. Anything that can damage, warp, or fog plastic should never be used to clean CDs.

l

Insert discs one by one. If two discs are inserted at the same time, the system may not operate properly.

l

CD TEXT textual information cannot be displayed by audio units other than the In-dash CD changer (MP3 support type only). (Only playback is possible.) l

The following player can play MP3 files recorded in CD-ROM, CD-R, and

CD-RW.

· In-dash CD changer (MP3 file support type only) l

The In-dash CD changer ejects the CD if the CD is inserted upside down. Also dirty and/or defective CDs may be ejected.

l

The In-dash CD changer is specially made for 12 cm (5 in) CDs.

An 8 cm (3 in) CD can be played in the

In-dash CD changer if an 8 cm (3 in)

CD adapter is used.

If an 8 cm (3 in) CD adapter is not used, the In-dash CD changer may be damaged. Always use a CD adapter.

l

Do not insert cleaning discs in the Indash CD changer.

l

Do not insert any disc with a peel-off seal affixed to it.

l

This unit may not be able to play certain CD-R/CD-RWs made using a computer or music CD recorder due to disc characteristics, scratches, smudges, dirt, etc., or due to dust or condensation on the lens inside the unit.

l

Storing CDs in the vehicle exposed to direct sunlight or high temperature may damage the CD-R/CD-RWs, and make them unplayable.

l

CD-R/CD-RW exceeding 700 MB cannot be played.

l

This unit may not be able to play certain discs made using a computer due to the application (writing software) setting used. (For details, consult the store where the application was purchased.) l

It is possible that certain text data, such as titles, recorded on a CD-R/CD-RW may not be displayed when musical data (CD-DA) is playing.

l

The period from when a CD-RW is inserted to when it begins playing is longer than a normal CD or CD-R.

l

Completely read the instruction manual and cautions for CD-R/CD-RWs.

l

Do not use discs with cellophane tape adhering, partially peeled off labels, or adhesive material exuding from the edges of the CD label. Also, do not use discs with a commercially-available

CD-R label affixed. The disc may not eject resulting in a malfunction.

6-16

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (197,1)

Interior Comfort

Audio System

qOperating tips for MP3

NOTE

Supply of this product only conveys a license for private, non-commercial use and does not convey a license nor imply any right to use this product in any commercial (i.e. revenue-generating) real time broadcasting (terrestrial, satellite, cable and/or any other media), broadcasting/streaming via the Internet, intranets and/or other networks or in other electronic content distribution systems, such as pay-audio or audio-ondemand applications. An independent license for such use is required. For details, please visit http:// www.mp3licensing.com.

l

This audio system handles MP3 files that have been recorded on CD-R/CD-

RW/CD-ROMs. Discs that have been recorded using the following formats can be played: l l l l

ISO 9660 level 1

ISO 9660 level 2

Joliet extended format

Romeo extended format l

This unit handles MP3 files conforming to the MP3 format containing both header frames and data frames.

l

This unit can play multi-session recorded discs that have up to 99 sessions.

l

This unit can play MP3s with sampling frequencies of 16/22.05/24/32/44.1/48 kHz.

l

This unit can play MP3 files that have been recorded in bit rates of 8 kbps to

320 kbps. Nonetheless, to insure enjoyment of music with consistent sound quality, it is recommended to use discs that have been recorded at a bit rate of 128 kbps or more.

l

If a disc has both music data (CD-DA) and MP3 files, playback of the two file types differs depending on how the disc was recorded.

l

Packet written discs cannot be played on this unit.

l

This unit does not play CDs recorded using MP3i (MP3 interactive), MP3

PRO and RIFF MP3 formats.

6-17

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (198,1)

Interior Comfort

Audio System

About folders and files l

The order of hierarchy for MP3 files and folders during playback or other functions is from shallow to deep. The arrangement and playing order of a recorded disc containing MP3 files is as follows: l l

File number

A numerical file number is assigned to each file in a folder in the order of hierarchy from shallow to deep.

Folder number

A numerical folder number is assigned to each folder in the order of hierarchy from shallow to deep.

Folder

No.

01

02

04

3

03

2

05

4

06

5

1

Level1 Level2 Level3 Level4 l

The folder order is automatically assigned and this order cannot be optionally set.

l

Any folder without an MP3 file will be ignored. (It will be skipped and the folder number will not be displayed.)

6-18 l

MP3 files not conforming to the MP3 format containing both header frames and data frames will be skipped and not played.

l

This unit will play MP3 files that have up to eight levels. However, the more levels a disc has, the longer it will take to initially start playing. It is recommended to record discs with two levels or less.

l

A single disc with up to 999 files can be played and a single folder with up to

255 files can be played.

l

When naming an MP3 file, be sure to add an MP3 file extension (.mp3) after the file name.

l

The maximum number of characters that can be used for file names is as follows. However, this unit will only display up to 30 characters, including the file extension (.mp3).

Maximum number of characters in a file name

(including a separator

“.” and the three letters of the file extension)

12

*

31

*

ISO9660 level 1

ISO9660 level 2

Joliet extended format

Romeo extended format

64

128

* English one-byte characters (capitalized only) and underbar

“_” are available.

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (199,1)

Interior Comfort

Audio System

CAUTION

This unit can only play MP3 files that have an MP3 file extension (.mp3) attached. Do not attach an MP3 file extension to any other type file as it could cause noise to be emitted or a malfunction in the unit.

About ID3 Tag display l

This unit can only display ID3 Tag album, track and artist names that have been input using Ver1.0/1.1/2.2/2.3

formats. Any other data that may have been input cannot be displayed.

l

This unit can only display English

(including numerals) one-byte characters. Use only English (including numerals) one-byte characters when inputting ID3 tags. Two-byte characters and some special symbols cannot be displayed.

Specialized glossary

MP3

Abbreviation for

“MPEG Audio Layer 3”.

A technical standard for audio compression as decided by an ISO

(International Organization for

Standardization) MPEG working group.

Use of MP3 allows for audio data to be compressed to approximately a tenth of the source data size.

ISO 9660

An international standard for logical formatting of CD-ROM files and folders.

It is divided into three separate levels based on differences in file naming procedures, data configuration and other characteristics.

Multi-session

A session is the complete amount of data recorded from the beginning to the end of a single period of CD-ROM, CD-R/CD-

RW data recording. Multi-session refers to the existence of data from two or more sessions on a single disc.

Sampling

Refers to the process of encoding analog audio data at regular intervals and converting it to digital data. The sampling rate refers to the number of times a sample is taken in one second and is expressed in Hz units. Increasing the sampling rate improves the sound quality but also increases the data size.

Bit rate

Refers to the volume of data per second, expressed in bps (bits per second).

Generally, the larger the number of the transfer bit rate when compressing an

MP3 file, the more information regarding musical reproduction it carries, and therefore the better the sound quality.

Packet writing

A general term for the method, similar to that used for floppy discs or hard drives, of recording the required file in a single increment on a CD-R and similar.

ID3 Tag

ID3 tag is a method for storing information related to the music in an

MP3 file. Information such as track, artist and album name can be stored. This content can be freely edited using ID3 editing function software.

6-19

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Interior Comfort

Audio System

VBR

Abbreviation for Variable Bit Rate. While

CBR (Constant Bit Rate) is generally used, VBR varies the bit rate for audio compression according to compression conditions and this allows for compression with preference given to sound quality.

Black plate (200,1)

6-20

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (201,1)

Interior Comfort

Audio System

In-Dash CD Changer (Music CD Player)

Audio Set

In-Dash CD Changer (Music CD/MP3 CD Player)

Cassette Tape Player

Illustration is of a representative audio unit.

Power/Volume/Sound Controls .............................................................................. page 6-22

Operating the Radio ............................................................................................... page 6-24

Operating the Cassette Tape Player ........................................................................ page 6-28

Operating the In-Dash CD Changer ....................................................................... page 6-30

Error Indications ..................................................................................................... page 6-36

6-21

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Interior Comfort

Audio System

qPower/Volume/Sound Controls

Black plate (202,1)

Power/Volume dial Audio control dial

Power ON/OFF

Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or

ON position.

Press the power/volume dial to turn the audio system on.

Press the power/volume dial again to turn the audio system off.

NOTE

To prevent the battery from being discharged, do not leave the audio system on for a long period of time when the engine is not running.

Volume adjustment

To adjust the volume, turn the power/ volume dial.

6-22

Turn the power/volume dial to the right to increase volume, to the left to decrease it.

Audio sound adjustment

1. Press the audio control dial to select the function. The selected function will be indicated.

Depending on the mode selected, the indication changes.

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (203,1)

Interior Comfort

Audio System

2. Turn the audio control dial to adjust the selected functions as follows:

Indication Turn Left Turn Right

Select mode

Decrease bass

Decrease treble

Increase bass

Increase treble

Shift the sound to the front

Shift the sound to the rear

Shift the sound to the left

Shift the sound to the right

OFF ON

NOTE

About 5 seconds after selecting any mode, the volume function will be automatically selected. To reset bass, treble, fade, and balance, press the audio control dial for 2 seconds. The unit will beep and

“CLEAR” will be displayed.

Automatic Level Control (ALC)

The automatic level control is a feature that automatically adjusts audio volume and sound quality according to the vehicle speed.

The volume increases in accordance with the increase in vehicle speed, and decreases as vehicle speed decreases.

The following four modes are available.

Select the desired mode.

Mode Volume change

No change

Minimum

Medium

Maximum

Turn the audio control dial to select the

ALC OFF, ALC LEVEL1

―3 mode. The selected mode will be indicated.

BEEP setting

The beep-sound when operating the audio system can be set on or off.

6-23

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (204,1)

Interior Comfort

Audio System

qOperating the Radio

Band selector buttons

Satellite button

Seek tuning button

Scan button

Auto memory button/Electric serial number button

Channel preset buttons Manual tuning dial

Radio ON

Press a band selector button ( , to turn the radio on.

Band selection

Choose AM by pressing the AM button

( ) and FM by pressing the FM1/2 button ( ).

)

The selected mode will be indicated. If

FM stereo is being received,

“ST” will be displayed.

NOTE

If the FM broadcast signal becomes weak, reception automatically changes from STEREO to MONO for reduced noise, and the

“ST” indicator will go out.

6-24

Tuning

The radio has the following tuning methods: Manual, Seek, Scan, Preset channel, and Auto memory tuning. The easiest way to tune stations is to set them on preset channels.

NOTE

If the power supply is interrupted (fuse blows or the battery is disconnected), the preset channels will be canceled.

Manual tuning

Turning the manual tuning dial will change the frequency higher or lower.

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (205,1)

Interior Comfort

Audio System

Seek tuning

Pressing the seek tuning button ( , ) will cause the tuner to seek a higher or lower frequency automatically.

NOTE

If you continue to press and hold the button, the frequency will continue changing without stopping.

Scan tuning

Press the scan button ( ) to automatically sample strong stations.

Scanning stops at each station for about 5 seconds. To hold a station, press the scan button ( ) again during this interval.

Preset channel tuning

The 6 preset channels can be used to store

6 AM and 12 FM stations.

1. To set a channel first select AM, FM1, or FM2. Tune to the desired station.

2. Depress a channel preset button for about 2 seconds until a beep sound is heard. The preset channel number and station frequency will be displayed.

The station is now held in the memory.

3. Repeat this operation for the other stations and bands you want to store.

To tune one in the memory, select AM,

FM1, or FM2 and then press its channel preset button. The station frequency and the channel number will be displayed.

NOTE

If the power supply is interrupted (fuse blows or the battery is disconnected), the preset channels will be canceled.

Auto memory tuning

This is especially useful when driving in an area where the local stations are not known. Additional AM/FM stations can be stored without disturbing the previously set channels.

Press and hold the auto memory button

( ) for about 2 seconds until a beep sound is heard; the system will automatically scan and temporarily store up to 6 stations with the strongest frequencies in each selected band in that area.

After scanning is completed, the station with the strongest frequency will be tuned and its frequency displayed.

Press and release the auto memory button

( ) to recall stations from the autostored stations. One stored station will be selected each time; its frequency and channel number will be displayed.

NOTE

If no stations can be tuned after scanning operations,

“A” will be displayed.

6-25

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Interior Comfort

Audio System

SATELLITE RADIO (SAT)

Vehicles equipped with the separately purchased SIRIUS digital satellite radio unit have the ability to receive up to 100 channels of digital quality programming coast to coast via satellite. For information on use, read the Satellite Radio Kit manual accompanying the SIRIUS digital satellite radio unit. A subscription to

SIRIUS digital satellite radio service is required (available in the U.S. - Except

Alaska and Hawaii) to enable this feature once the separately purchased SIRIUS digital satellite radio unit has been installed. For subscription information or digital satellite radio technical issues contact SIRIUS directly at:

- Web: www.siriusradio.com

- Phone (24 hrs/day, 7 days/week): 888-

539-SIRI (7474)

- E-mail: [email protected]

- Mailing Address: Sirius Satellite Radio

1221 Avenue Of The Americas

New York, NY 10020

Attention: Customer Care

Include your Sirius Radio ESN

(Electronic Serial Number) when subscribing or requesting technical assistance. See the Satellite Radio Kit manual accompanying the SIRIUS unit for complete satellite radio activation procedures and information on how to display the ESN#.

Black plate (206,1)

6-26

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



MEMO

Black plate (207,1)

Form No.8V77-EA-06F

6-27



Interior Comfort

Audio System

qOperating the Cassette Tape Player

í

Black plate (208,1)

APC button:

(next program)

Cassette tape play button

Fast-forward button

(one being played)

Rewind button

Dolby NR button

Repeat button

Program button

Cassette tape eject button

Cassette tape insert

Insert the cassette tape into the slot, open edge to the right and cassette tape will begin play, and

“TAPE PLAY” will be displayed. At the end of the cassette tape, the unit automatically reverses cassette tape play. When is lit, the cassette tape's top side is playing. When is lit, the bottom side is on.

Playing

Press the cassette tape play button

( ) to start play when a cassette tape is in the unit. If there isn't a cassette tape in the unit when the cassette tape play button ( ) is pressed,

“NO TAPE” will flash on and off.

Dolby noise reduction

When using a tape with Dolby NR

*

, push the Dolby NR button ( ). The symbol will be displayed. To play a tape without Dolby NR, push the button once again.

* Noise reduction system manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories

Licensing Corporation.

Dolby and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories

Licensing Corporation.

Ejecting the cassette tape

Press the cassette tape eject button ( ) to eject the cassette tape.

6-28

í

Some models.

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (209,1)

Interior Comfort

Audio System

NOTE

The cassette tape can be ejected when the ignition switch is in the OFF position.

Fast-forward/Rewind

Press the fast-forward button ( fast-forward.

Press the rewind button (

) to

) to rewind.

To stop this operation and play the cassette tape, press the button again.

NOTE

When the cassette tape ends during fastforward or rewind, it automatically stops and starts playing.

Reversing

Press the program button ( ) to change cassette tape-play direction.

NOTE

When the cassette tape ends, the unit automatically reverses play.

Automatic program control (APC)

APC is used to find the beginning of either the next program or the one being played.

Press the APC button ( ) to the beginning of the next selection.

Press the APC button ( ) to the beginning of the one being played. To stop this operation and play the cassette tape, press the button again.

NOTE

APC may not operate properly if: l

A tape was recorded at a low level.

l

A tape has long, silent intervals.

l

A tape is a live recording.

l

A tape has very short intervals of less than 3 seconds.

Repeat play

This operation makes it possible to listen to a selection repeatedly.

Press the repeat button ( ) during play.

The current selection playing will be repeated (

“RPT” will be displayed).

Press the repeat button ( ) once again to cancel repeat play.

NOTE

RPT may not operate properly if: l

A tape was recorded at a low level.

l

A tape has long, silent intervals.

l

A tape is a live recording.

l

A tape has very short intervals of less than 3 seconds.

6-29

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (210,1)

Interior Comfort

Audio System

qOperating the In-Dash CD Changer

í

(Music CD player)

(Music CD/MP3 CD player)

Load button

CD slot

Track up button

Channel preset buttons

CD play button

CD eject button

Scan button

Track down button

Disc down button

Repeat button

Disc up button

Reverse button

Random button

There are two types of In-dash CD changers. Check which In-dash CD changer type you own.

Type

Music CD player

Music CD/MP3 CD player

Playable data

· Music data (CD-DA)

· Music data (CD-DA)

· MP3 file

NOTE

If a disc has both music data (CD-DA) and MP3 files, playback of the two file types differs depending on how the disc was recorded.

Inserting the CD

Fast-forward button

The CD must be label-side up when inserting. The auto-loading mechanism will set the CD and begin play. There will be a short lapse before play begins while the player reads the digital signals on the

CD.

The disc number and the track number will be displayed.

6-30

í

Some models.

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (211,1)

Interior Comfort

Audio System

NOTE

The CD will begin playback automatically after insertion.

A CD cannot be inserted while the display reads

“WAIT”. A beeping sound can be heard during this waiting time. Simultaneously pressing the power/volume dial and the load button

( ) for about 2 seconds will turn this beeping sound ON or OFF.

Normal insertion

1. Press the load button ( ).

2. When

“IN” is displayed, insert the CD.

Inserting CDs into desired tray number

1. Press and hold the load button ( ) for about 2 seconds until a beep sound is heard.

2. Press the channel preset button for the desired tray number while

“WAIT” is displayed.

3. When


NOTE

The CD cannot be inserted to the desired tray number if the number is already occupied.

Multiple insertion

1. Press and hold the load button ( ) for about 2 seconds until a beep sound is heard.

2. When


3. When

“IN” is displayed again, insert the next CD.

NOTE

The first-inserted CD will be played automatically when: l

No other CD is inserted within 15 seconds after

“IN” is displayed.

l

The CD trays are full.

Ejecting the CD

Normal ejection

1. Press the CD eject button ( ). The disc number and

“DISC OUT” will be displayed.

2. Pull out the CD.

NOTE l

When the CD is ejected during play, the next CD will be played automatically.

l

(Music CD player)

If the CD is not removed from the slot within approximately 10 seconds after ejection, it will be re- inserted automatically.

Ejecting CDs from desired tray number

1. Press and hold the CD eject button ( ) for about 2 seconds until a beep sound is heard.

The

“DISC OUT” display flashes.

2. Press the channel preset button for the desired CD number for less than 5 seconds after the beep sound is heard.

3. Pull out the CD.

6-31

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (212,1)

Interior Comfort

Audio System

NOTE

(Music CD player)


Multiple ejection

1. Press and hold the CD eject button ( ) for about 2 seconds until a beep sound is heard.

The

“DISC OUT” display flashes.

2. Press the CD eject button ( ) again for less than 5 seconds after the beep sound is heard.

NOTE

If the button is not pressed and about 5 seconds have elapsed while

“DISC OUT” is flashing, CDs are automatically ejected.

3. Pull out the CD, then the next CD will be ejected.

NOTE l

CDs will be ejected starting with the one with the lowest number.

l

All CDs in the tray will be ejected continuously.

l

CDs can be ejected when the ignition switch is off. Press and hold the CD eject button ( ) for about 2 seconds and all CDs will eject.

l

(Music CD player)


Playing

Press the CD play button ( ) to start play when a CD is in the unit.

If there isn't a CD in the unit when the CD play button ( ) is pressed,

“NO DISC” will flash on and off.

Fast-forward/Reverse

Press and hold the fast-forward button

( ) to advance through a track at high speed.

Press and hold the reverse button ( to reverse through a track at high speed.

)

Track search

Press the track up button ( ) once to skip forward to the beginning of the next track.

Press the track down button ( ) once to skip back to the beginning of the current track.

Disc search

During music CD playback

To change the disc, press the DISC button

( or ) during playback.

6-32

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (213,1)

Interior Comfort

Audio System

During MP3 CD playback

To change the disc, press the DISC button

( or ) for 1.5 seconds or more during playback.

Folder search (during MP3 CD playback)

To change to the previous folder, press the folder down button ( ) for less than

1.5 seconds, or press the folder up button

( ) for less than 1.5 seconds to advance to the next folder.

Music scan

This feature helps to find a program by playing about the first 10 seconds of each track.

Press the scan button (

Press the scan button ( to cancel scan play.

) during play to start scan play operation (the track number will flash).

) once again

NOTE

If the unit is left in scan, normal play will resume where scan was selected.

Repeat play


1. Press the repeat button ( ) during playback to play the current track repeatedly.

“RPT” is displayed.

2. Press the button again to cancel the repeat play.


(Track repeat)

1. Press the repeat button ( ) during playback to play the current track repeatedly.


2. To cancel the repeat play, press the button again after 3 seconds.

(Folder repeat)

1. Press the repeat button ( ) during playback, and then press the button again within 3 seconds to play the tracks in the current folder repeatedly.


2. Press the button again to cancel the repeat play.

Random play

Tracks are randomly selected and played.


1. Press the random button ( ) during playback to play the tracks in the CD randomly.

“RDM” is displayed.

2. Press the button again to cancel the random play.


(Folder random)

1. Press the random button ( ) during playback to play the tracks in the folder randomly.


2. To cancel the random play, press the button again after 3 seconds.

6-33

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (214,1)

Interior Comfort

Audio System

(CD random)

1. Press the random button ( ) during playback, and then press the button again within 3 seconds to play the tracks in the CD randomly.


2. Press the button again to cancel the random play.

Switching the display (Music CD/MP3

CD player)

Each time the display button ( ) is pressed during playback, the display will switch in the following order.

Music CD

Track number/Elapsed time display

Disc tray number

File name display

Album name display

Artist name display

MP3 CD

Disc number/File number/Elapsed time

Disc tray number

Folder number/Track number

Track name

Folder name

Album name (ID3 Tag)

Song name (ID3 Tag)

Artist name (ID3 Tag)

NOTE

(MP3 CD) l

“NO TITLE” will be displayed when the display is switched for a file without a file, track or other name input.

l

This unit can only read English

(including numerals) one-byte characters. If any other character is included,

“NO TITLE” will be displayed. Depending on the CD writing software used, proper display may not be possible.

6-34

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Display scroll (Music CD/MP3 CD player)

Only 12 characters can be displayed at one time. To display the rest of the characters of a long title, turn the display feed dial ( ) to the right. Hidden titles can be scrolled into the display one character at a time.

NOTE

The displayable number of characters is limited. If the number of characters, including the file extension (.mp3), exceeds 32 characters, it may not be fully displayed.

Message display

If

“CHECK CD” is displayed, it means that there is some CD malfunction. Check for damage, dirt, or smudges on the CD, and then properly reinsert. If the message appears again, take the unit to an

Authorized Mazda Dealer for service.

Black plate (215,1)

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-35

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (216,1)

Interior Comfort

Audio System

qError Indications

If you see an error indication on the display, find the cause in the chart. If you cannot clear the error indication, take the vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Indication

CHECK CD

CD is defective

Cause

CD is inserted upside down

Solution

Insert the CD properly. If the error indication does not disappear, consult an Authorized Mazda

Dealer

Insert another CD properly. If the error indication does not disappear, consult an Authorized Mazda

Dealer

6-36

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (217,1)

Audio Control Switch

Operation (Steering Wheel)

When the audio unit is turned on, operation of the audio unit from the steering wheel is possible.

NOTE

Because the audio unit will be turned off under the following conditions, the switches will be inoperable.

l

When the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK position.

l

When the power button on the audio unit is pressed and the audio unit is turned off.

l

When all CDs are ejected.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

qAdjusting the Volume

To increase the volume, press the volume button ( ).

To decrease the volume, press the volume button ( ).

qChanging the Source

Press the mode switch ( ) to change the audio source (FM1 radio> FM2 radio>

AM radio> CD changer> Cassette tape player> SIRIUS1> SIRIUS2> SIRIUS3> cyclical).

NOTE

Mazda has installed this system to prevent distraction while driving the vehicle and using audio controls on the dashboard.

Always make safe driving your first priority.

6-37

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (218,1)

Interior Comfort

Audio System

NOTE

Cassette tape, CD changer, and SIRIUS digital satellite radio modes cannot be selected in the following cases: l

A cassette deck, CD changer, or

SIRIUS digital satellite radio unit is not equipped on the audio system.

l

A cassette tape, or CD has not been inserted.

qSeek Switch

When playing a CD

Press the seek switch ( ) to skip to the next track.

Press the seek switch ( ) to repeat the current track.

qMute Switch

Press the mute switch ( ) once to mute audio, press it again to resume audio output.

NOTE

If the ignition switch is turned to the

LOCK position with the audio muted, the mute will be canceled.

Therefore, when the engine is restarted, the audio is not muted. To mute the audio again, press the mute switch ( ).

When listening to the radio

Press the seek switch ( , ), the radio switches to the next/previous stored station in the order that it was stored

(1

―6).

Press the seek switch ( , ) for about 2 seconds until a beep sound is heard to seek all usable stations at a higher or lower frequency whether programmed or not.

When playing a cassette tape

Press the seek switch ( ), release, and it will advance to the next selection.

Press the seek switch ( ), release, and it will repeat the selection being played.

6-38

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (219,1)

Interior Comfort

Audio System

Safety Certification

This CD player is made and tested to meet exacting safety standards. It meets FCC requirements and complies with safety performance standards of the U.S. Department of

Health and Human Services.

CAUTION l

This CD player should not be adjusted or repaired by anyone except qualified service personnel.

If servicing is required, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

l

Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein may result in hazardous laser exposure. Never operate the CD player with the top case of the unit removed.

l

Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate this equipment.

NOTE

For CD player section:

This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

NOTE

This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation.

6-39

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (220,1)

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

Sunvisors

When you need a sunvisor, lower it for use in front or swing it to the side.

Sunvisor

qVanity Mirrors

To use the vanity mirror, lower the sunvisor.

The vanity mirror light will illuminate when you open the cover.

Interior Lights qIlluminated Entry System

When the illuminated entry system operates, the overhead light (switch is in the DOOR position) and the courtesy lights turn on for: l

About 30 seconds after the driver's door is unlocked and the ignition switch is in the LOCK position (with the ignition key removed).

l

About 15 seconds after all doors are closed (If your vehicle is equipped with the advanced key, the overhead light turns on for about 5 seconds when the advanced key is outside of the vehicle).

l

About 15 seconds after the ignition switch is in the LOCK position (with the ignition key removed) with all doors closed.

The light also turns off when: l

The ignition switch is turned to the ON position and all doors are closed.

l

The driver's door is locked.

NOTE

Battery saver

If any door is left opened, the light goes out after about 30 minutes to save the battery.

The light turns on again when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position, or when any door is opened after all doors have been closed.

6-40

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



qOverhead Lights

Front

Black plate (221,1)

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

qMap Lights

The map lights are switched on or off by pressing the switches.

Front

Switch

Position

Front Overhead Lights

Light off l

Light on when any door is open l

Light on or off when the illuminated entry system is on

Rear

Rear

Switch

Position

Rear Overhead Lights

Light off l

Light on when any door is open l

Light on or off when the illuminated entry system is on

Form No.8V77-EA-06F

6-41



Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

qCourtesy Lights

Turns on when any door is open or the illuminated entry system is on.

Courtesy light

Black plate (222,1)

6-42

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Information Display

Black plate (223,1)

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

OPEN/CLOSE switch (with navigation system)

AMB switch (with outside temperature display )

TILT switch (with navigation system)

CLOCK/CLK switch

SET switch

qInformation Display Functions

The information display has the following functions: l

Clock l

Ambient Temperature Display (Outside Temperature Display) l

Climate Control Display l

Audio Display

6-43

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (224,1)

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

qClock

When the ignition switch is in the ACC or

ON position, the time is displayed.

Time setting

1. Press the CLOCK/CLK switch until a beep sounds, and

“12Hr” and “24Hr” will be displayed.

2. Press the SET switch to switch between

“12Hr” and “24Hr” displays. The selected display will flash.

To select the desired clock setting, press the CLOCK/CLK switch again while the preferred setting is flashing.

3.

“Hr. ADJUST” will be displayed next, and the hour portion of the display will flash. Press the SET switch to set the hour, then press the CLOCK/CLK switch.

4.

“Min. ADJUST” will be displayed next, and the minutes portion of the display will flash. Press the SET switch to set the minutes, then press the

CLOCK/CLK switch.

Time resetting

While the clock is displayed, press the

SET switch 1.5 seconds or more. When the switch is released, a beep will sound and the clock will be reset as follows:

(Example)

12:01

―12:29→12:00

12:30

―12:59→1:00

NOTE

When the SET switch is released, the seconds are reset to

“00”.

qAmbient Temperature Display

When the ignition switch is in the ON position, press the AMB switch to display the ambient temperature.

6-44

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (225,1)

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

NOTE l

Under the following conditions, the ambient temperature display may differ from the actual ambient temperature depending on the surroundings and vehicle conditions: l l l l

Significantly cold or hot temperatures.

Sudden changes in ambient temperature.

The vehicle is parked.

The vehicle is driven at low speeds.

l

Press the AMB switch 2 seconds or more to switch the display from

Fahrenheit to Centigrade or vice versa.

l

Press the AMB switch again to switch the display from ambient temperature to the temperature set for the air conditioner.

qClimate Control Display

The climate control system status is displayed. To operate the climate control system, refer to

“Climate Control System”

(page 6-2).

qAudio Display

The audio system status is displayed. To operate the audio system, refer to

“Audio System” (page 6-10).

Lighter

The ignition switch must be in the ACC or ON position.

1. Open the cover.

2. Press the lighter in and release it. When ready for use, it automatically pops out.

6-45

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (226,1)

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

CAUTION l

Don't touch the metal part of the lighter, you may burn yourself.

l

Don't hold the lighter in because it will overheat.

l

Don't use the lighter socket for plugin accessories such as shavers and coffee pots. They may damage it or cause electrical failure. Use only a genuine Mazda lighter or the equivalent.

l

If the lighter doesn't pop out within

30 seconds, remove it to prevent overheating.

Ashtray

CAUTION

Don't use the ashtray for trash. You might start a fire.

qFront

To use, open the cover.

To remove, open the cover and pull up the ashtray.

6-46

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



qRear

To remove, open the ashtray lid, grasp both sides of the ashtray and pull it out.

Black plate (227,1)

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

Cup Holder

WARNING

Never use a cup holder to hold hot liquids while the vehicle is moving:

Using a cup holder to hold hot liquids while the vehicle is moving is dangerous. If the contents spill, you could be scalded.

Do not put anything other than cups or drink cans in cup holders:

Putting objects other than cups or drink cans in a cup holder is dangerous.

During sudden braking or maneuvering, occupants could be hit and injured, or objects could be thrown around the vehicle, causing interference with the driver and the possibility of an accident. Only use a cup holder for cups or drink cans.

CAUTION

To reduce the possibility of injury in an accident or a sudden stop, keep cup holders closed when not in use.

6-47

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (228,1)

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

qFront

To use the cup holder, open the center console by pressing the lower center part of its cover.

Bottle Holder

Bottle holders are on the inside of the front doors.

qRear

The rear cup holder is on the rear center armrest.

Bottle holder

CAUTION

Do not use the bottle holders for containers without caps. The contents may spill when the door is opened or closed.

6-48

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (229,1)

Storage Compartments

WARNING

Keep storage boxes closed when driving:

Driving with the storage boxes open is dangerous. To reduce the possibility of injury in an accident or a sudden stop, keep the storage boxes closed when driving.

CAUTION

Do not leave lighters or eyeglasses in the storage boxes while parked under the sun. A lighter could explode or the plastic material in eyeglasses could deform and crack from high temperature.

qOverhead Console

This console box is designed to store eyeglasses or other accessories.

Push and release to open.

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

qStorage Pocket

To open, push the release catch down and pull the lid downward.

qCenter Box with Lid (Without

Navigation System)

To use, pull the knob, and the lid opens automatically.

Knob

6-49

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (230,1)

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

qGlove Box

To open the glove box, pull the latch toward you.

Insert the master key (auxiliary key

*

) and turn it clockwise to lock, counterclockwise to unlock.

* Advanced key equipped vehicle

Small items can be placed in the tray of the center console lid.

To open it, pull the upper release latch.

Unlock

qCenter Console

To open, pull the lower release latch.

Lock

6-50

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (231,1)

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

Accessory Sockets

The ignition switch must be in the ACC or ON position to prevent the battery from discharging.

Only use genuine Mazda accessories or the equivalent requiring no greater than

120 W (DC 12 V, 10 A).

NOTE

To prevent discharging the battery, don't use the socket for long periods with the engine off or idling.

When placing an electrical device (e.g.

cellular phone) in the tray which is connected to the accessory socket, pass the connection plug cord through the slot in the cap.

Cap slot, closed

Cap slot, opened

CAUTION

To prevent accessory socket damage or electrical failure, pay attention to the following: l

Don't use accessories that require more than 120 W (DC 12 V, 10 A).

l

Don't use accessories that are not genuine Mazda accessories or the equivalent.

l

Close the cover when the accessory socket is not in use to prevent foreign objects and liquids from getting into the accessory socket.

l

Correctly insert the plug into the accessory socket.

1. Open the lid by pulling the upper release catch.

2. Remove the tray mat.

3. Using a coin, turn the cap counterclockwise (about 45° from the closed position) and remove it.

NOTE

Do NOT discard the cap.

6-51

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

Black plate (232,1)

6. Make sure the connection plug cord is running through the cap slot; reinstall the cap and turn it clockwise (about

45° to the opened position).

Plug cord

4. Open the tray by pulling the lower release catch.

5. Pass the connection plug cord through the hole of the tray and insert the plug in the socket.

Plug

7. Pass the connection plug cord through the slit in the tray mat and then set the tray mat in place.

6-52

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (233,1)

7


Helpful information on what to do in an emergency.

Parking in an Emergency ............................................................. 7-2

Parking in an Emergency .......................................................... 7-2

Flat Tire ......................................................................................... 7-3

Spare Tire and Tool Storage ...................................................... 7-3

Changing a Flat Tire ................................................................. 7-5

Overheating ................................................................................. 7-11

Overheating ............................................................................. 7-11

Emergency Starting .................................................................... 7-13

Starting a Flooded Engine ....................................................... 7-13

Jump-Starting .......................................................................... 7-14

Push-Starting ........................................................................... 7-17

Emergency Towing ..................................................................... 7-18

Towing Description ................................................................. 7-18

Tiedown Hooks ....................................................................... 7-19

Recreational Towing ............................................................... 7-21

7-1

Form No.8V77-EA-06F




Parking in an Emergency

Parking in an Emergency

The hazard warning lights should always be used when you stop on or near a roadway in an emergency.

The hazard warning lights warn other drivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazard and that they must take extreme caution when near it.

Black plate (234,1)

Depress the hazard warning flasher and all the turn signals will flash.

NOTE l

The turn signals don't work when the hazard warning lights are on.

l

Check local regulations about the use of hazard warning lights while the vehicle is being towed. They may forbid it.

7-2

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (235,1)


Flat Tire

Spare Tire and Tool Storage

Spare tire and tools are stored in the locations illustrated in the diagram.

Spare tire

Tool bag

Tiedown eyelet

Jack

Jack lever

Lug wrench

7-3

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (236,1)


Flat Tire

qJack

To remove the jack

1. Open the trunk mat.

2. Turn the wing bolt counterclockwise.

To secure the jack

Perform the removal procedure in reverse.

qSpare Tire

Your Mazda has a temporary spare tire.

The temporary spare tire is lighter and smaller than a conventional tire, and is designed only for emergency use and should be used only for VERY short periods. Temporary spare tires should

NEVER be used for long drives or extended periods.

7-4

WARNING

Do not install the temporary spare tire on the front wheels (driving wheels):

Driving with the temporary spare tire on one of the front driving wheels is dangerous. Handling will be affected.

You could lose control of the vehicle, especially on ice or snow bound roads, and have an accident. Move a regular tire to the front wheel and install the temporary spare tire to the rear.

CAUTION l

When using the temporary spare tire, driving stability may decrease compared to when using only the conventional tire. Drive carefully.

l

To avoid damage to the temporary spare tire or to the vehicle, observe the following precautions: l l l l l

Do not exceed 80 km/h (50 mph).

Avoid driving over obstacles.

Also, do not drive through an automatic car wash. This tire's diameter is smaller than a conventional tire, so the ground clearance is reduced about 7 mm

(0.3 in).

Do not use tire chains on any type of tire, including the spare tire.

Do not use your temporary spare tire on any other vehicle, it has been designed only for your

Mazda.

Use only one temporary spare tire on your vehicle at the same time.

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (237,1)


Flat Tire

To remove the spare tire

1. Remove the trunk mat.

2. Turn the tire wing bolt counterclockwise.

Tire clamp

Wing bolt

To secure the spare tire

Perform the removal procedure in reverse.

Changing a Flat Tire

NOTE

If the following occurs while driving, it could indicate a flat tire.

l

Steering becomes difficult.

l

The vehicle begins to vibrate excessively.

l

The vehicle pulls in one direction.

If you have a flat tire, drive slowly to a level spot that is well off the road and out of the way of traffic to change the tire.

Stopping in traffic or on the shoulder of a busy road is dangerous.

WARNING

Be sure to follow the directions for changing a tire, and never get under a vehicle that is supported only by a jack:

Changing a tire is dangerous if not done properly. The vehicle can slip off the jack and seriously injure someone.

Never allow anyone inside a vehicle supported by a jack:

Allowing someone to remain in a vehicle supported by a jack is dangerous. The occupant could cause the vehicle to fall resulting in serious injury.

NOTE

Make sure the jack is well lubricated before using it.

7-5

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (238,1)


Flat Tire

1. Park on a level surface off the right-ofway and firmly set the parking brake.

2. Shift into Reverse (R) or 1 and turn off the engine.

3. Turn on the hazard warning flasher.

4. Have everyone get out of the vehicle and away from the vehicle and traffic.

5. Remove the jack, tool bag, and spare

tire (page 7-3).

6. Block the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire. When blocking a wheel, place a tire block both in front and behind the tire.

qRemoving a Flat Tire

1. Loosen the lug nuts by turning them counterclockwise one turn each, but don't remove any lug nuts until the tire has been raised off the ground.

2. Place the jack under the jacking position closest to the tire being changed.

NOTE

When blocking a tire, use rocks or wood blocks of sufficient size to hold the tire in place.

Jacking position

7-6

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (239,1)

WARNING

Use only the front and rear jacking positions recommended in this manual:

Attempting to jack the vehicle in positions other than those recommended in this manual is dangerous. The vehicle could slip off the jack and seriously injure or even kill someone. Use only the front and rear jacking positions recommended in this manual.

Use only the jack provided with your

Mazda:

Using a jack that is not designed for your Mazda is dangerous. The vehicle could slip off the jack and seriously injure someone.

Never place objects under the jack:

Jacking the vehicle with an object under the jack is dangerous. The jack could slip and someone could be seriously injured by the jack or the falling vehicle.

3. Insert the jack lever and attach the lug wrench to tire jack.


Flat Tire

4. Turn the lug wrench clockwise and raise the vehicle high enough so that the spare tire can be installed. Before removing the lug nuts, make sure your

Mazda is firmly in position and that it cannot slip or move.

5. Remove the lug nuts by turning them counterclockwise; then remove the wheel.

7-7

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (240,1)


Flat Tire

qLocking Lug Nuts

í

If your vehicle has optional antitheft wheel lug nuts, one on each wheel will lock the tires and you must use a special key to unlock them. This key is attached to the lug wrench and is stored with the spare tire. Register them with the lock manufacturer by filling out the card provided in the glove box and mailing it in the accompanying envelope. If you lose this key, consult an Authorized Mazda

Dealer or use the lock manufacturer's order form, which is with the registration card.

To install the nut

1. Place the key on top of the nut, and be sure to hold the key square to it. If you hold the key at an angle, you may damage both key and nut. Don't use a power impact wrench.

2. Place the lug wrench on top of the key, apply pressure, and turn it clockwise.

qMounting the Spare Tire

1. Remove dirt and grime from the mounting surfaces of the wheel and hub, including the hub bolts, with a cloth.

Antitheft lug nut Special key

To remove an antitheft lug nut

1. Obtain the key for the antitheft lug nut.

2. Place the key on top of the nut, and be sure to hold the key square to it. If you hold the key at an angle, you may damage both key and nut. Don't use a power impact wrench.

3. Place the lug wrench on top of the key and apply pressure. Turn the wrench counterclockwise.

WARNING

Make sure the mounting surfaces of the wheel, hub and lug nuts are clean before changing or replacing tires:

When changing or replacing a tire, not removing dirt and grime from the mounting surfaces of the wheel, hub and hub bolts is dangerous. The lug nuts could loosen while driving and cause the tire to come off, resulting in an accident.

2. Mount the spare tire.

7-8

í

Some models.

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



3. Install the lug nuts with the beveled edge inward; tighten them by hand.

Black plate (241,1)


Flat Tire

4. Turn the lug wrench counterclockwise and lower the vehicle. Use the lug wrench to tighten the nuts in the order shown.

WARNING

Do not apply oil or grease to lug nuts and bolts and do not tighten the lug nuts beyond the recommended tightening torque:

Applying oil or grease to lug nuts and bolts is dangerous. The lug nuts could loosen while driving and cause the tire to come off, resulting in an accident.

In addition, lug nuts and bolts could be damaged if tightened more than necessary.

If you're unsure of how tight the nuts should be, have them inspected at an


Nut tightening torque

N·m (kgf·m, ft·lbf) 88

―118 (9―12, 65―87)

WARNING

Always securely and correctly tighten the lug nuts:

Improperly or loosely tightened lug nuts are dangerous. The wheel could wobble or come off. This could result in loss of vehicle control and cause a serious accident.

Be sure to reinstall the same nuts you removed or replace them with metric nuts of the same configuration:

Because the wheel studs and lug nuts on your Mazda have metric threads, using a non-metric nut is dangerous.

On a metric stud, it would not secure the wheel and would damage the stud, which could cause the wheel to slip off and cause an accident.

7-9

Form No.8V77-EA-06F




Flat Tire

5. Remove the center cap by tapping it with the lug wrench.

6. Store the damaged tire, using the wing bolt to hold it in place.

Tire clamp

Wing bolt

7. Check the inflation pressure. Refer to

the specification charts on page 10-6.

8. Have the flat tire repaired or replaced as soon as possible.

WARNING

Do not drive with any tires that have incorrect air pressure:

Driving on tires with incorrect air pressure is dangerous. Tires with incorrect pressure could affect handling and result in an accident.

When you check the regular tires' air pressure, check the spare tire, too.

NOTE

To prevent the jack and tool from rattling, store them properly.

7-10

Form No.8V77-EA-06F

Black plate (242,1)



Black plate (243,1)


Overheating

Overheating

If the temperature gauge indicates overheating, the vehicle loses power, or you hear a loud knocking or pinging noise, the engine is probably too hot.

WARNING

Turn off the ignition switch and make sure the fan is not running before attempting to work near the electrical cooling fan:

Working near the electrical cooling fan when it is running is dangerous.

You could be hit by the fan and seriously injured.

Do not remove either cooling system caps when the engine and radiator are hot:

When the engine and radiator are hot, scalding coolant and steam may shoot out under pressure and cause serious injury.

Open the hood ONLY after steam is no longer escaping from the engine:

Steam from an overheated engine is dangerous. The escaping steam could seriously burn you.

NOTE

Once the engine coolant exceeds a preset temperature, an electrical cooling fan turns on. It will continue running for about 10 minutes after the ignition switch is turned to off.

If the temperature gauge indicates overheating:

1. Drive safely to the side of the road and park off the right-of-way.

2. Shift into neutral.

3. Apply the parking brake.

4. Turn off the air conditioner.

5. Check whether coolant or steam is escaping from under the hood or from the engine compartment.

If steam is coming from the engine compartment:

Don't go near the front of the vehicle.

Stop the engine.

Wait until the steam dissipates, then open the hood and start the engine.

If neither coolant nor steam is escaping:

Open the hood and idle the engine until it cools.

CAUTION

If the cooling fan does not operate while the engine is running, the engine temperature will increase. Stop the engine and call an Authorized Mazda

Dealer.

7-11

Form No.8V77-EA-06F




Overheating

6. Make sure the cooling fan is operating, then turn off the engine after the temperature has decreased.

7. When cool, check the coolant level.

If it's low, look for coolant leaks from the radiator and hoses.

If you find a leak or other damage, or if coolant is still leaking:

Stop the engine and call an Authorized

Mazda Dealer.

Cooling system cap

Coolant reservoir

If you find no problems, the engine is cool, and no leaks are obvious:

Carefully add coolant as required (page

8-14).

CAUTION

If the engine continues to overheat or frequently overheats, have the cooling system inspected. The engine could be seriously damaged unless repairs are made. Consult an Authorized Mazda

Dealer.

7-12

Form No.8V77-EA-06F

Black plate (244,1)



Starting a Flooded Engine

If the engine fails to start, it may be flooded (excessive fuel in the engine).

Follow this procedure:

1. Depress the accelerator all the way and hold it there.

2. Turn the ignition switch to the START position and hold it there

―for up to 10 seconds. If the engine starts, release the key and accelerator immediately because the engine will suddenly rev up.

3. If the engine fails to start, crank it without depressing the accelerator

―for up to 10 seconds.

Black plate (245,1)


Emergency Starting

Form No.8V77-EA-06F

7-13



Black plate (246,1)


Emergency Starting

Jump-Starting

Jump-starting is dangerous if done incorrectly. So follow the procedure carefully. If you feel unsure about jump-starting, we strongly recommend that you have a competent service technician do the work.

WARNING

Follow These Precautions Carefully:

To ensure safe and correct handling of the battery, read the following precautions carefully before using the battery or inspecting it.

Always wear eye protection when working near the battery:

Working without eye protection is dangerous. Battery fluid contains SULFURIC

ACID which could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes. Also, hydrogen gas produced during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode.

Wear eye protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with battery fluid:

Spilled battery fluid is dangerous.

Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets in eyes, skin or clothing. If this happens, immediately flush your eyes with water for

15 minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention.

Always keep batteries out of the reach of children:

Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous. Battery fluid could cause serious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the skin.

Do not allow the positive ( ) terminal to contact any other metal object that could cause sparks:

Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, produced during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. An exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries. When working near a battery, do not allow metal tools to contact the positive ( ) or negative ( ) terminal of the battery.

7-14

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (247,1)


Emergency Starting

WARNING

Keep all flames, including cigarettes, and sparks away from open battery cells:

Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, produced during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. An exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries.

Do not jump-start a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level:

Jump-starting a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level is dangerous. It may rupture or explode, causing serious injury.

Connect the negative cable to a good ground point away from the battery:

Connecting the end of the second jumper cable to the negative ( ) terminal of the discharged battery is dangerous.

A spark could cause the gas around the battery to explode and injure someone.

Route the jumper cables away from parts that will be moving:

Connecting a jumper cable near or to moving parts (cooling fans, belts) is dangerous.

The cable could get caught when the engine starts and cause serious injury.

CAUTION

Use only a 12 V booster system. You can damage a 12 V starter, ignition system, and other electrical parts beyond repair with a 24 V power supply (two 12 V batteries in series or a 24 V motor generator set).

7-15

Form No.8V77-EA-06F




Emergency Starting

Black plate (248,1)

Connect cables in numerical order and disconnect in reverse order.

Jumper cables

1. Make sure the booster battery is 12 V and that its negative terminal is grounded.

2. If the booster battery is in another vehicle, don't allow both vehicles to touch. Turn off the engine of the vehicle with the booster battery and all unnecessary electrical loads in both vehicles.

3. Connect the jumper cables in the exact sequence as in the illustration.

l

Connect one end of a cable to the positive terminal on the discharged battery (1).

l

Attach the other end to the positive terminal on the booster battery (2).

l

Connect one end of the other cable to the negative terminal of the booster battery (3).

l

Connect the other end to a solid, stationary, exposed metallic point

(for example, the strut mounting bolt) away from the discharged battery (4).

7-16

Discharged battery

Booster battery

4. Start the engine of the booster vehicle and run it a few minutes. Then start the engine of the other vehicle.

5. When finished, carefully disconnect the cables in the reverse order described in the illustration.

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Push-Starting

Do not push-start your Mazda.

WARNING

Never tow a vehicle to start it:

Towing a vehicle to start it is dangerous. The vehicle being towed could surge forward when its engine starts, causing the two vehicles to collide. The occupants could be injured.

CAUTION

Do not push-start a vehicle that has a manual transaxle. It can damage the emission control system.

Black plate (249,1)


Emergency Starting

Form No.8V77-EA-06F

7-17



Black plate (250,1)


Emergency Towing

Towing Description

We recommend that towing be done only by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or a commercial tow-truck service.

Proper lifting and towing are necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle.

Particularly when towing a AWD vehicle, where all the wheels are connected to the drive train, proper transporting of the vehicle is absolutely essential to avoid damaging the drive system. Government and local laws must be followed.

CAUTION

Don't tow the vehicle pointed backward with driving wheels on the ground. This may cause internal damage to the transaxle.

Wheel dollies

CAUTION

Don't tow with sling-type equipment.

This could damage your vehicle. Use wheel-lift or flatbed equipment.

A towed AWD vehicle must have all its wheels off the ground.

7-18

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (251,1)

WARNING

Always tow a AWD vehicle with all four wheels off the ground:

Towing a AWD vehicle with either the front or rear wheels on the ground is dangerous as the drive train could be damaged, or the vehicle could trail away from the tow truck and cause an accident. If the drive train has been damaged, transport the vehicle on a flat bed truck.


Emergency Towing

Tiedown Hooks

CAUTION

Don't use the tiedown hooks under the front and rear for towing.

They are designed ONLY for tying down the vehicle when it's being transported. Using them for towing will damage the bumper.

qTiedown Hooks

1. Remove the tiedown eyelet, lug wrench, and jack lever from the trunk

(page 7-3).

2. Wrap the jack lever with a soft cloth to prevent damage to the bumper and open the cap located on the front and rear bumper.

Front

Form No.8V77-EA-06F

7-19




Emergency Towing

Rear

Lug wrench

Black plate (252,1)

Rear

CAUTION

The cap cannot be completely removed.

Do not use excessive force as it may damage the cap or scratch the painted bumper surface.

3. Securely install the tiedown eyelet using the lug wrench.

Front

4. Hook the tying rope to the tiedown eyelet.

Front

Rear

Lug wrench

7-20

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



CAUTION

If the tiedown eyelet is not securely tightened, it may loosen or disengage from the bumper when tying down the vehicle. Make sure that the tiedown eyelet is securely tightened to the bumper.

Black plate (253,1)


Emergency Towing

Recreational Towing

An example of

“recreational towing” is towing your vehicle behind a motorhome.

The transaxle is not designed for towing this vehicle on all 4 wheels.

When doing recreational towing refer to

“Towing Description” (page 7-18) and

carefully follow the instructions.

Form No.8V77-EA-06F

7-21



Black plate (254,1)

7-22

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (255,1)

8


How to keep your Mazda in top condition.

Introduction .................................................................................. 8-2

Introduction ............................................................................... 8-2

Scheduled Maintenance ................................................................ 8-3

Scheduled Maintenance ............................................................ 8-3

Owner Maintenance ..................................................................... 8-8

Owner Maintenance Schedule .................................................. 8-8

Owner Maintenance Precautions ............................................... 8-9

Engine Compartment Overview .............................................. 8-11

Engine Oil ............................................................................... 8-12

Engine Coolant ....................................................................... 8-14

Brake/Clutch Fluid .................................................................. 8-16

Power Steering Fluid ............................................................... 8-17

Washer Fluid ........................................................................... 8-17

Body Lubrication .................................................................... 8-18

Wiper Blades ........................................................................... 8-19

Battery ..................................................................................... 8-21

Tires ........................................................................................ 8-23

Light Bulbs ............................................................................. 8-27

Fuses ....................................................................................... 8-33

Appearance Care ........................................................................ 8-38

How to Minimize Environmental Paint Damage .................... 8-38

Exterior Care ........................................................................... 8-40

Interior Care ............................................................................ 8-43

8-1

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (256,1)


Introduction

Introduction

Be extremely careful and prevent injury to yourself and others or damage to your vehicle when using this manual for inspection and maintenance.

If you're unsure about any procedure it describes, we strongly urge you to have a reliable and qualified service shop perform the work, preferably an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Factory-trained Mazda technicians and genuine Mazda parts are best for your vehicle.

Without this expertise and the parts that have been designed and made especially for your

Mazda, inadequate, incomplete, and insufficient servicing may result in problems. This could lead to vehicle damage or an accident and injuries.

For expert advice and quality service, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

The owner should retain evidence that proper maintenance has been performed as prescribed.

Claims against the warranty resulting from lack of maintenance, as opposed to defective materials or authorized Mazda workmanship, will not be honored.

Any auto repair shop using parts equivalent to your Mazda's original equipment may perform maintenance. But we recommend that it always be done by an Authorized

Mazda Dealer using genuine Mazda parts.

8-2

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (257,1)


Scheduled Maintenance


Follow Schedule 1 if the vehicle is operated mainly where none of the following conditions apply.

If any do apply, follow Schedule 2 (Canada and Puerto Rico residents follow Schedule 2).

l

Repeated short-distance driving l

Driving in dusty conditions l

Driving with extended use of brakes l

Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are being used l

Driving on rough or muddy roads l

Extended periods of idling or low-speed operation l

Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates

NOTE

After the prescribed period, continue to follow the described maintenance at the recommended intervals.

Form No.8V77-EA-06F

8-3



Black plate (258,1)



qSchedule 1

Maintenance Interval

Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first

Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42

×1000 km

×1000 miles

12

7.5

24

15

36

22.5

48

30

60

37.5

72

45

84

52.5

48

96

60

ENGINE

Engine valve clearance

Drive belts (tension)

Engine oil

Engine oil filter

COOLING SYSTEM

Cooling system

FL22 type

*1

Engine coolant

Others

FUEL SYSTEM

Air filter

Fuel lines and hoses

*2

Hoses and tubes for emission

*2

IGNITION SYSTEM

Spark plugs

CHASSIS and BODY

Brake lines, hoses and connections

Disc brakes

Tire (Rotation)

Steering operation and linkages

Front and rear suspension and ball joints, and wheel bearing axial play

Rear differential oil

Transfer oil

Driveshaft dust boots

Bolts and nuts on chassis and body

Exhaust system and heat shields

All locks and hinges

Audible inspect every 120,000 km (75,000 miles), if noisy,

R

R

Replace at first 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 10 years ; after

Replace at first 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 4 years ; after that,

L

R

R

R

R

R

R

I that, every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 5 years every 2 years

I adjust

I

R

R

R

R

R

Replace every 120,000 km (75,000 miles)

I

I

I I

Rotate every 12,000 km (7,500 miles)

I

I

*3*4

*4

R

R

I

T

Inspect every 72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 5 years

L L L L L L

R

R

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

T

L

8-4

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (259,1)





Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42

×1000 km 12 24 36 48 60 72 84

48

96

×1000 miles 7.5

AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM (if equipped)

Cabin air filter

15 22.5

30 37.5

45 52.5

Replace every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) or 2 years

60

Chart symbols:

I: Inspect and repair, clean, adjust, or replace if necessary.

R: Replace

L: Lubricate

T: Tighten

Remarks:

*1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription

“FL22” on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding area. Use FL22 when replacing the coolant.

*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will not void your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at the recommended time or mileage/kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.

*3 If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions, replace the rear differential oil every

45,000 km (28,100 miles).

a) Driving in dusty, sandy or wet condition b) Extended periods of idling or low speed operation c) Repeated short trips of less than 16 km (10 miles)

*4 If this component has been submerged in water, the oil should be replaced.

Form No.8V77-EA-06F

8-5



Black plate (260,1)



qSchedule 2



Months 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48

×1000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96

×1000 miles 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

ENGINE

Engine valve clearance

Drive belts (tension)

Engine oil

Puerto Rico

Others

Engine oil filter

COOLING SYSTEM

Cooling system

FL22 type

*1

Engine coolant

Others

Engine coolant level

FUEL SYSTEM

Air filter

Fuel lines and hoses

*2

Hoses and tubes for emission

*2

IGNITION SYSTEM

Puerto Rico

Others

Spark plugs

USA

Others

*3

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Function of all lights I

Audible inspect every 120,000 km (75,000 miles), if noisy,

R R

I

R

I

R

I

R

I adjust

Replace every 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or 3 months

R R R R R R R R R R R R

R

I

R

I

I

I

R

R

I

R

I

R

I

R



I

R

I

R

I

Replace at first 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 10 years ; after that, every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 5 years

Replace at first 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 4 years ; after that, every 2 years

I I I I I I I I I I I I

R

I

I

I

8-6

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (261,1)





Months 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48

×1000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96

×1000 miles 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

CHASSIS and BODY

Brake lines, hoses and connections

Brake and clutch fluid level

Disc brakes

Tire (Rotation)

Tire inflation pressure and tire wear

Steering operation and linkages

Power steering fluid level

Front and rear suspension and ball joints, and wheel bearing axial play


Transfer oil

Driveshaft dust boots

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

Rotate every 8,000 km (5,000 miles)

I I I I I I I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

*4*5

*5

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

Bolts and nuts on chassis and body

Exhaust system and heat shields

All locks and hinges

Washer fluid level

AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM (if equipped)

Cabin air filter

T T

Inspect every 72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 5 years

L L L L L L L L L L L L

I I I I I I I I I I I I

Replace every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) or 2 years

Chart symbols:

I: Inspect and repair, clean, adjust, or replace if necessary.

R: Replace

L: Lubricate

T: Tighten

Remarks:

*1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription

“FL22” on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding area. Use FL22 when replacing the coolant.

*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will not void your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at the recommended time or mileage/kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.

*3 If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions, replace the spark plugs every

96,000 km (60,000 miles) or shorter.

a) Repeated short-distance driving b) Extended periods of idling or low-speed operation c) Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates

*4 If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions, replace the rear differential oil every

45,000 km (28,100 miles).

a) Driving in dusty, sandy or wet condition b) Extended periods of idling or low speed operation c) Repeated short trips of less than 16 km (10 miles)

*5 If this component has been submerged in water, the oil should be replaced.

8-7

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (262,1)


Owner Maintenance

Owner Maintenance Schedule

The owner or a qualified service technician should make these vehicle inspections at the indicated intervals to ensure safe and dependable operation.

Bring any problem to the attention of an Authorized Mazda Dealer or qualified service technician as soon as possible.

qWhen Refueling

l

Brake and clutch fluid level (page 8-16)

l

Engine coolant level (page 8-14)

l

Engine oil level (page 8-13)

l

Washer fluid level (page 8-17)

qAt Least Monthly

Tire inflation pressures (page 8-23)

qAt Least Twice a Year (For Example, Every Spring and Fall)

l

Power steering fluid level (page 8-17)

You can do the following scheduled maintenance items if you have some mechanical ability and a few basic tools and if you closely follow the directions in this manual.

l

Engine coolant (page 8-14)

l

Engine oil (page 8-12)

8-8

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (263,1)


Owner Maintenance

Owner Maintenance Precautions

Improper or incomplete service may result in problems. This section gives instructions only for items that are easy to perform.

As explained in the Introduction (page 8-2), several procedures can be done only by a

qualified service technician with special tools.

Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warranty coverage.

For details, read the separate Mazda Warranty statement provided with the vehicle. If you're unsure about any servicing or maintenance procedure, have it done by an


There are strict environmental laws regarding the disposal of waste oil and fluids. Please dispose of your waste properly and with due regard to the environment.

We recommend that you entrust the oil and fluid changes of your vehicle to an Authorized

Mazda Dealer.

WARNING

Maintenance Procedures:

Performing maintenance work on a vehicle is dangerous if not done properly. You can be seriously injured while performing some maintenance procedures. If you lack sufficient knowledge and experience or the proper tools and equipment to do the work, have it done by a qualified technician.

Running the Engine:

Working under the hood with the engine running is dangerous. It becomes even more dangerous when you wear jewelry or loose clothing.

Either can become entangled in moving parts and result in injury.

Therefore, if you must run the engine while working under the hood, make certain that you remove all jewelry (especially rings, bracelets, watches, and necklaces) and all neckties, scarves, and similar loose clothing before getting near the engine or cooling fan which may turn on unexpectedly.

Electrical Fan and Engine Inspection:

Working near the electrical cooling fan when it is running is dangerous. You could be hit by the fan and seriously injured. Turn off the ignition switch and make sure the fan is not running before attempting to work near the electrical cooling fan.

8-9

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (264,1)


Owner Maintenance

NOTE

Once the engine coolant exceeds a preset temperature, an electrical cooling fan turns on.

It will continue running for about 10 minutes after the ignition switch is turned to off.

8-10

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (265,1)


Owner Maintenance

Engine Compartment Overview

Windshield washer fluid reservoir

Engine oil-filler cap

Brake/Clutch fluid reservoir

Battery

Power steering fluid reservoir

Engine oil dipstick

Engine coolant reservoir

Cooling system cap

Air filter

Fuse block

8-11

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (266,1)


Owner Maintenance

Engine Oil

NOTE

Changing the engine oil should be done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

qRecommended Oil

Use SAE 5W-30 engine oil.

Oil container labels provide important information.

A chief contribution this type of oil makes to fuel economy is reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction.

U.S.A. and CANADA

Only use oils

“Certified For Gasoline

Engines

” by the American Petroleum

Institute (API). An oil with this trademark symbol conforms to the current engine and emission system protection standards and fuel economy requirements of the

International Lubricant Standardization and Approval Committee (ILSAC), comprised of U.S. and Japanese automobile manufacturers.

–30 –20 –10 0 10 20 30 40 50

–20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

5W-30

Except U.S.A. and CANADA

(ILSAC)

(ILSAC)

8-12

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (267,1)


Owner Maintenance

The quality designation SL, or ILSAC must be on the label.

–30 –20 –10 0 10 20 30 40 50

–20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

5W-30

CAUTION

Don't add engine oil over MAX. This may cause engine damage.

6. Make sure the O-ring on the dipstick is positioned properly before reinserting the dipstick.

qInspecting Engine Oil Level

1. Be sure the vehicle is on a level surface.

2. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature.

3. Turn it off and wait at least 5 minutes for the oil to return to the oil pan.

4. Pull out the dipstick, wipe it clean, and reinsert it fully.

Full

OK

Low

5. Pull it out again and examine the level.

It's OK between MIN and MAX.

But if it's near or below MIN, add enough oil to bring the level to MAX.

8-13

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (268,1)


Owner Maintenance

Engine Coolant qInspecting Coolant Level

WARNING

Hot Engine:

A hot engine is dangerous. If the engine has been running, parts of the engine compartment can become very hot. You could be burned. Carefully inspect the engine coolant in the coolant reservoir, but do not open it.

Do not use a match or live flame in the engine compartment. DO NOT ADD

COOLANT WHEN THE ENGINE IS

HOT.

Electrical Fan and Engine

Inspection:

Working near the electrical cooling fan when it is running is dangerous.

You could be hit by the fan and seriously injured. Turn off the ignition switch and make sure the fan is not running before attempting to work near the electrical cooling fan.

NOTE

Once the engine coolant exceeds a preset temperature, an electrical cooling fan turns on. It will continue running for about 10 minutes after the ignition switch is turned to off.

NOTE

Changing the coolant should be done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Inspect the antifreeze protection and coolant level in the coolant reservoir at least once a year

―at the beginning of the winter season

―and before traveling where temperatures may drop below freezing.

Inspect the condition and connections of all cooling system and heater hoses.

Replace any that are swollen or deteriorated.

The coolant should be at full in the radiator and between the FULL and LOW marks on the coolant reservoir when the engine is cool.

Cooling System Caps:

When the engine and radiator are hot, scalding coolant and steam may shoot out under pressure and cause serious injury. Don't remove either cooling system cap when the engine and radiator are hot.

8-14

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (269,1)


Owner Maintenance

If it's at or near LOW, add enough coolant to the coolant reservoir to provide freezing and corrosion protection and to bring the level to FULL.

CAUTION l

Radiator coolant will damage paint.

Rinse it off quickly if spilled.

l

Use only soft (demineralized) water in the coolant mixture. Water that contains minerals will cut down on the coolant's effectiveness.

l

Don't add only water. Always add a proper coolant mixture.

l

The engine has aluminum parts and must be protected by an ethyleneglycol-based coolant to prevent corrosion and freezing.

l

DO NOT USE coolants Containing

Alcohol, methanol, Borate or

Silicate.

These coolants could damage the cooling system.

l

DO NOT MIX alcohol or methanol with the coolant. This could damage the cooling system.

l

Don't use a solution that contains more than 60% antifreeze.

This would reduce effectiveness.

NOTE

If the

“FL22” mark is shown on or near the cooling system cap, use FL22 type engine coolant. If engine coolant other than FL22 type is used, the engine coolant must be replaced earlier than the specified replacement interval indicated in the scheduled maintenance

(page 8-3).

If the coolant reservoir is empty or new coolant is required frequently, consult an


8-15

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (270,1)


Owner Maintenance

Brake/Clutch Fluid qInspecting Brake/Clutch Fluid Level

The brakes and clutch draw fluid from the same reservoir.

Inspect the fluid level in the reservoir regularly. It should be kept at MAX.

The level normally drops with accumulated distance, a condition associated with wear of brake and clutch linings. If it is excessively low, have the brake/clutch system inspected by an


qAdding Brake/Clutch Fluid

WARNING

Spilled Brake Fluid:

Spilled brake fluid is dangerous. If it gets in your eyes, they could be seriously injured. If this happens, immediately flush your eyes with water and get medical attention. Brake fluid spilled on a hot engine could cause a fire. Be careful not to spill brake fluid on yourself or on the engine.

Low Brake/Clutch Fluid Levels:

Low brake/clutch fluid levels are dangerous. Low levels could signal brake lining wear or a brake system leak. Your brakes could fail and cause an accident. If you find a low fluid level, have the brakes and clutch inspected.

If the fluid level is low, add fluid until it reaches MAX.

Before adding fluid, thoroughly clean the area around the cap.

CAUTION l

Brake and clutch fluid will damage painted surfaces. If brake or clutch fluid does get on a painted surface, wash it off with water immediately.

l

Using nonspecified brake and clutch

fluids (page 10-4) will damage the

systems. Mixing different fluids will also damage them.

If the brake/clutch system frequently requires new fluid, consult an


8-16

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (271,1)


Owner Maintenance

Power Steering Fluid qInspecting Power Steering Fluid

Level

CAUTION

To avoid damage to the power steering pump, don't operate the vehicle for long periods when the power steering fluid level is low.

NOTE

Use specified power steering fluid

(page 10-4).

Inspect the fluid level in the reservoir at each engine oil change with the engine off and cold. Add fluid if necessary; it does not require periodic changing.

The level must be kept between MIN and

MAX.

Visually examine the lines and hoses for leaks and damage.

If new fluid is required frequently, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Washer Fluid qInspecting Washer Fluid Level

WARNING

Use only windshield washer fluid or plain water in the reservoir:

Using radiator antifreeze as washer fluid is dangerous. If sprayed on the windshield, it will dirty the windshield, affect your visibility, and could result in an accident.

Using Washer Fluid Without Antifreeze Protection in Cold Weather:

Operating your vehicle in temperatures below 4 degrees C (40 degrees F) using washer fluid without anti-freeze protection is dangerous as it could cause impaired windshield vision and result in an accident. In cold weather, always use washer fluid with anti-freeze protection.

NOTE

State or local regulations may restrict the use of volatile organic compounds

(VOCs), which are commonly used as anti-freeze agents in washer fluid. A washer fluid with limited VOC content should be used only if it provides adequate freeze resistance for all regions and climates in which the vehicle will be operated.

8-17

Form No.8V77-EA-06F




Owner Maintenance

Inspect fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir; add fluid if necessary.

Black plate (272,1)

Body Lubrication

All moving points of the body, such as door and hood hinges and locks, should be lubricated each time the engine oil is changed. Use a nonfreezing lubricant on locks during cold weather.

Make sure the hood's secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released.

To inspect the washer fluid level in the front reservoir, pull off the cap. Then, holding your thumb over the hole in the center of the cap, lift it straight up. The fluid level can be seen from the fluid column in the pipe. Add fluid if necessary.

Use plain water if washer fluid is unavailable. But use only washer fluid in cold weather to prevent it from freezing.

8-18

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (273,1)


Owner Maintenance

Wiper Blades

CAUTION l

Hot waxes applied by automatic car washers have been known to affect the wiper's ability to clean windows.

l

To prevent damage to the wiper blades, don't use gasoline, kerosene, paint thinner, or other solvents on or near them.

Contamination of either the windshield or the blades with foreign matter can reduce wiper effectiveness. Common sources are insects, tree sap, and hot wax treatments used by some commercial car washes.

If the blades are not wiping properly, clean the window and blades with a good cleaner or mild detergent; then rinse thoroughly with clean water. Repeat if necessary.

qReplacing Windshield Wiper Blades

When the wipers no longer clean well, the blades are probably worn or cracked.

Replace them.

CAUTION

To prevent damage to the wiper arms and other components, don't try to sweep the wiper arm by hand.

NOTE

To prevent damage to the wiper arm blades when raising both the driver and passenger side wiper arms, raise the driver side wiper arm first. Conversely, when setting down the wiper arms, set the passenger side wiper arm down first.

1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the blade assembly to expose the plastic locking clip.

Compress the clip and slide the assembly downward; then lift it off the arm.

Plastic locking clip

CAUTION

To prevent damage to the windshield let the wiper arm down easily, don't let it slap down on the windshield.

8-19

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (274,1)


Owner Maintenance

2. Hold the end of the rubber and pull until the tabs are free of the metal support.

Tab

Metal support

3. Remove the metal stiffeners from the blade rubber and install them in the new blade.

CAUTION l

Don't bend or discard the stiffeners.

You need to use them again.

l

If the metal stiffeners are switched, the blade's wiping efficiency could be reduced.

So don't use the driver's side metal stiffeners on the passenger's side, or vice versa.

l

Be sure to reinstall the metal stiffeners in the new blade rubber so that the curve is the same as it was in the old blade rubber.

4. Carefully insert the new blade rubber.

Then install the blade assembly in the reverse order of removal.

8-20

Form No.8V77-EA-06F

NOTE

Install the blade so that the tabs are toward the bottom of the wiper arm.



Black plate (275,1)


Owner Maintenance

Battery

WARNING

Battery-Related Lead Materials:

Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm.

Wash hands after handling.

Follow These Precautions Carefully:

To ensure safe and correct handling of the battery, read the following precautions carefully before using the battery or inspecting it.

Eye Protection:

Working without eye protection is dangerous. Battery fluid contains SULFURIC

ACID which could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes. Also, hydrogen gas produced during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. Always wear eye protection when working near the battery.

Spilled Battery Fluid:

Spilled battery fluid is dangerous.

Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets in eyes, skin or clothing. If this happens, immediately flush your eyes with water for

15 minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention. Wear eye protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with battery fluid.

Children and Batteries:

Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous. Battery fluid could cause serious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the skin. Always keep batteries out of the reach of children.

8-21

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (276,1)


Owner Maintenance

WARNING

Keep Flames Away:

Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, produced during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. An exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries. Keep all flames including cigarettes and sparks away from open battery cells. When working near a battery, do not allow metal tools to contact the positive ( ) or negative ( ) terminal of the battery. Do not allow the positive ( ) terminal to contact the vehicle body.

Battery-Related Explosion:

Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, produced during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. An exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries. Keep all flames, including cigarettes, and sparks away from open battery cells.

qBattery Maintenance

l

Rinse off spilled electrolyte immediately with a solution of water and baking soda.

l

If the vehicle will not be used for an extended time, disconnect the battery cables and charge the battery every six weeks.

To get the best service from a battery: l

Keep it securely mounted.

l

Keep the top clean and dry.

l

Keep terminals and connections clean, tight, and coated with petroleum jelly or terminal grease.

8-22

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (277,1)

Tires

For reasons of proper performance, safety, and better fuel economy, always maintain recommended tire inflation pressures and stay within the recommended load limits and weight distribution.

WARNING

Using Different Tire Types:

Driving your vehicle with different types of tires is dangerous. It could cause poor handling and poor braking; leading to loss of control.

Except for the limited use of the temporary spare tire, use only the same type tires (radial, bias-belted, bias-type) on all four wheels.

Using Wrong-Sized Tires:

Using any other tire size than what is

specified for your Mazda (page 10-6)

is dangerous. It could seriously affect ride, handling, ground clearance, tire clearance, and speedometer calibration. This could cause you to have an accident. Use only tires that are the correct size specified for your

Mazda.


Owner Maintenance

qTire Inflation Pressure

WARNING

Incorrect Tire Inflation:

Overinflation or underinflation of tires is dangerous. Adverse handling or unexpected tire failure could result in a serious accident. Always inflate the tires to the correct pressure (page

10-6).

Refer to the specification charts (page

10-6).

8-23

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (278,1)


Owner Maintenance

NOTE l

Always check tire pressure when tires are cold.

l

Warm tires normally exceed recommended pressures. Don't release air from warm tires to adjust the pressure.

l

Underinflation can cause reduced fuel economy, uneven and accelerated tire wear, and poor sealing of the tire bead, which will deform the wheel and cause separation of tire from rim.

l

Overinflation can produce a harsh ride, uneven and accelerated tire wear, and a greater possibility of damage from road hazards.

Keep your tire pressure at the correct levels. If one frequently needs inflating, have it inspected.

qTire Rotation

To equalize tread wear, rotate the tires if irregular wear develops. According to the scheduled maintenance charts.Refer to

Scheduled Maintenance on page 8-3.

During rotation, inspect them for correct balance.

Also, inspect them for uneven wear and damage. Abnormal wear is usually caused by one or a combination of the following: l

Incorrect tire pressure l

Improper wheel alignment l

Out-of-balance wheel l

Severe braking

After rotation, inflate all tire pressures to

specification (page 10-6) and inspect the

lug nuts for tightness.

CAUTION

Rotate unidirectional tires and radial tires that have an asymmetrical tread pattern or studs only from front to rear, not from side to side. Tire performance will be weakened if rotated from side to side.

qReplacing a Tire

WARNING

Worn Tires:

Driving with worn tires is dangerous.

Reduced braking, steering, and traction could result in an accident.

Always use tires that are in good condition.

Forward

Do not include (TEMPORARY USE ONLY) spare tire in rotation.

8-24

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (279,1)

If a tire wears evenly, a wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread.

Replace the tire when this happens.

Tread wear indicator

New tread Worn tread

You should replace it before the band is across the entire tread.

NOTE

Tires degrade over time, even when they are not being used on the road. It is recommended that tires generally be replaced when they are 6 years or older.

Heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process. You should replace the spare tire when you replace the other road tires due to the aging of the spare tire. Regarding the manufacturing week and year is indicated with 4 digit.

Refer to The tire labeling on page 9-18.


Owner Maintenance

qTemporary Spare Tire

Inspect the temporary spare tire at least monthly to make sure it's properly inflated and stored.

NOTE

The temporary spare tire condition gradually deteriorates even if it has not been used.

The temporary spare tire is easier to handle because of its construction. It is lighter and smaller than a conventional tire and should be used only for an emergency and only for a short distance.

Use the temporary only until the conventional tire is repaired, which should be as soon as possible.

Maintain its pressure at 420 kPa (4.2

kgf/cm

2 or bar, 60 psi).

CAUTION l

Don't use your temporary spare tire rim with a snow tire or a conventional tire. Neither will properly fit and could damage both tire and rim.

l

The temporary spare tire has a tread life of less than 5,000 km (3,000 miles). The tread life may be shorter depending on driving conditions.

l

The temporary spare tire is for limited use, however, if the tread wear solid-band indicator appears, replace the tire with the same type of

temporary spare (page 8-24).

8-25

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (280,1)


Owner Maintenance

NOTE

Tires degrade over time, even when they are not being used on the road. It is recommended that tires generally be replaced when they are 6 years or older.

Heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process. You should replace the spare tire when you replace the other road tires due to the aging of the spare tire. Regarding the manufacturing week and year is indicated with 4 digit.

Refer to The tire labeling on page 9-18.

qReplacing a Wheel

WARNING

Using a Wrong-Sized Wheel:

Using a wrong-sized wheel is dangerous. Braking and handling could be affected, leading to loss of control and an accident. Always use wheels of the correct size on your vehicle.

CAUTION

A wrong-sized wheel may adversely affect: l

Tire fit l

Wheel and bearing life l

Ground clearance l

Speedometer calibration l

Headlight aim l

Bumper height

When replacing a wheel, make sure the new one is the same as the original factory wheel in diameter, rim width, and offset.

Proper tire balancing provides the best riding comfort and helps reduce tread wear. Out-of-balance tires can cause vibration and uneven wear, such as cupping and flat spots.

8-26

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Light Bulbs

Black plate (281,1)


Owner Maintenance

Overhead light/Map lights

Headlights (Low beam)

Parking lights

Headlights (High beam)

Fog lights

Trunk light

High-mount brake light

Side-marker lights

Front turn signal lights

Brake lights/Taillights

License plate lights

Courtesy lights

Rear turn signal lights

Reverse lights

Taillights

The equipment and installation position varies according to model and grade.

8-27

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (282,1)


Owner Maintenance

WARNING

Do not replace the xenon fusion bulbs yourself:

Replacing the xenon fusion bulbs yourself is dangerous. Because the xenon fusion bulbs require high voltage, you could receive an electric shock if the bulbs are handled incorrectly. Consult an Authorized

Mazda Dealer when the replacement is necessary.

Handling Halogen Bulbs:

When a halogen bulb breaks, it is dangerous. These bulbs contain pressurized gas. If one is broken, it will explode and serious injuries could be caused by the flying glass.

If the glass portion is touched with bare hands, body oil could cause the bulb to overheat and explode when lit.

Never touch the glass portion of the bulb with your bare hands and always wear eye protection when handling or working around halogen bulbs.

Children and Halogen Bulbs:

Playing with a halogen bulb is dangerous. Serious injuries could be caused by dropping a halogen bulb or breaking it some other way.

Always keep halogen bulbs out of the reach of children.

qReplacing Exterior Light Bulbs

Replacing the headlight, fog light and parking light bulbs

Due to the complexity and difficulty of the procedure, the bulbs should be replaced by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

8-28


1. Turn the socket and bulb assembly counterclockwise and remove it.

2. Remove the bulb by pushing it in slightly and turning it counterclockwise.

3. Install the new bulb in the reverse order of removal.

Side-marker lights

1. If you are changing the left side-maker light, start the engine, turn the steering wheel all the way to the right, and turn off the engine. If you are changing the right side-maker light, turn the steering wheel to the left.

2. Turn the screws counterclockwise and remove them.

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (283,1)


Owner Maintenance

3. Turn the center section of the plastic retainers counterclockwise and remove them, and partially peel back the mudguard.

Removal

Brake lights/Taillights, Rear turn signal lights

1. Pull the center section of the plastic retainer and remove the retainers and partially open the trunk side trim.

Installation

Removal

Installation


5. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.





8-29

Form No.8V77-EA-06F




Owner Maintenance


Black plate (284,1)


Reverse lights

Taillights


NOTE

To replace the bulb, contact an


Reverse lights, Taillights

1. Pull the center section of the plastic retainer and remove the retainers, then remove the trunk rear trim.



1. Wrap a flathead screwdriver with a soft cloth to prevent damage to the lens and remove the lens by carefully prying on the edge of the lens.

2. Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out.

Removal

Installation



8-30

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (285,1)


Owner Maintenance

qReplacing Interior Light Bulbs

Overhead light/Map lights (Front)

1. Remove the screws.

2. Wrap a flathead screwdriver with a soft cloth to prevent damage to the trim and gently insert it in the overhead light as shown in the figure, and then remove the overhead light unit.

Overhead light/Map lights (Rear)

1. Wrap a flathead screwdriver with a soft cloth to prevent damage to the trim and gently insert it in the overhead light as shown in the figure, and then remove the overhead light unit.







8-31

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (286,1)


Owner Maintenance

Courtesy lights, Vanity mirror lights

1. Wrap a small flathead screwdriver with a soft cloth to prevent damage to the lens and remove the lens by carefully prying on the edge of the lens.


Courtesy lights

Edge

Trunk light

1. Press both sides of the lens cap to remove it.


Vanity mirror lights


Edge


8-32

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (287,1)


Owner Maintenance

Fuses

Your vehicle's electrical system is protected by fuses.

If any lights, accessories, or controls don't work, inspect the appropriate circuit protector. If a fuse has blown, the inside element will be melted.

If the same fuse blows again, avoid using that system and consult an Authorized


qFuse Replacement

Replacing the fuses on the driver's side kick-panel

If the electrical system doesn't work, first inspect fuses on the driver's side kickpanel.

1. Turn off the ignition switch and other switches.

2. Open the fuse panel cover by sliding the cover straight back toward you.

3. Pull the fuse straight out with the fuse puller provided on the fuse block located in the engine compartment.

4. Inspect the fuse and replace it if it's blown.

Normal Blown

5. Push in a new fuse of the same amperage rating, and make sure it fits tightly. If it doesn't, have an expert repairer install it. We recommend an


If you have no spare fuses, borrow one of the same rating from a circuit not essential to vehicle operation, such as the AUDIO or CIGAR circuit.

CAUTION

Pulling the cover off sideways may break the retaining tabs off.

8-33

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (288,1)


Owner Maintenance

CAUTION

Always replace a fuse with one of the same rating. Otherwise you may damage the electric system.

Replacing the fuses under the hood

If the headlights or other electrical components do not work and the fuses in the cabin are normal, inspect the fuse block under the hood. If a fuse is blown, it must be replaced. Follow these steps:

1. Turn off the ignition switch and all other switches.

2. Remove the fuse block cover.

3. If any fuse but the MAIN fuse is blown, replace it with a new one of the same amperage rating.

Normal Blown

WARNING

Do not replace the main fuse by yourself. Have an Authorized Mazda

Dealer perform the replacement:

Replacing the fuse by yourself is dangerous because the MAIN fuse is a high current fuse. Incorrect replacement could cause an electrical shock or a short circuit resulting in a fire.

8-34

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



qFuse Panel Description

Fuse block (Engine compartment)

Black plate (289,1)


Owner Maintenance

8

9

6

7

10

11

3

4

1

2

5

12

13

14

15

16

17

DESCRIPTION

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

M DEF

―

INJ

ENG BAR

ENG BB

HEAD LR

HEAD LL

HEAD HL

HEAD HR

DRL

HAZARD

STOP

ENG+B

ETC

FUSE

RATING

20A

15A

10A

7.5A

―

15A

15A

5A

15A

15A

10A

10A

15A

10A

20A

10A

10A

PROTECTED COMPONENT

Mirror defroster

í

―

PCM

O

2

Sensor, EGR control valve

Waste gate solenoid, Cooling fan

Headlight-low beam (Right)

―

―

―

Headlight-low beam (Left)

Headlight-high beam (Left)

Headlight-high beam (Right)

DRL

í

(Headlight high beams)

Turn signal lights

Brake lights, Horn

PCM, AWD

Electronic throttle

í

Some models.

8-35

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (290,1)


Owner Maintenance

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

36

37

38

39

40

31

32

33

34

35

DESCRIPTION

―

IG KEY 1

P.WIND

FUEL PUMP

INJ DRIVE

―

BLOWER

BTN

IG KEY 2

DEFOG

ABS

FAN2

FAN1

TAIL

ILLUMI

MAG

AUDIO

P.SEAT

―

―

H/CLEAN

FOG

MAIN

FUSE

RATING

―

30A

30A

30A

30A

―

40A

PROTECTED COMPONENT

―

Engine control, SAS, Instrument cluster, Lighter

Power windows

Fuel pump

Injector

―

Blower motor

40A

40A

40A

60A

30A

30A

Overhead light, Power door lock

Wiper and washer, Climate control unit

Rear window defroster

DSC

Cooling fan

Cooling fan

10A

10A

10A

15A

30A

―

―

20A

Taillights, License plate lights

Dashboard illumination

Magnet clutch

Audio system

Power seat

í

15A Fog lights

120A For protection of all circuits

―

―

―

8-36

í

Some models.

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Fuse block (Driver's side kick-panel)

Black plate (291,1)


Owner Maintenance

16

17

18

11

12

13

14

15

8

9

6

7

10

3

4

1

2

5

DESCRIPTION

P.WIND IG

P.WIND

D.LOCK

CIGAR

MIRROR

METER ACC

R.CIGAR

SPARE

ENGINE IG

SAS

METER IG

WIPER

SPARE

A/C

SEAT

R.WIP

ROOM

SPARE

FUSE

RATING

―

―

30A

15A

5A

5A

15A

10A

15A

10A

15A

20A

15A

10A

15A

―

15A

20A

PROTECTED COMPONENT

―

―

Power door lock

Lighter

Power control mirror, Audio system

Auto light off unit

Accessory socket

―

Engine control system

DSC unit, SAS unit

Instrument cluster, Reverse lights

Windshield wiper and washer

―

Heater

Seat warmer

í

, Rear window defroster

―

Overhead light

―

í

Some models.

8-37

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (292,1)


Appearance Care

How to Minimize

Environmental Paint Damage

The paintwork on your Mazda represents the latest technical developments in composition and methods of application.

Environmental hazards, however, can harm the paint's protective properties, if proper care is not taken.

Here are some examples of possible damage, with tips on how to prevent them.

qEtching Caused by Acid Rain or

Industrial Fallout

Occurrence

Industrial pollutants and vehicle emissions drift into the air and mix with rain or dew to form acids. These acids can settle on a vehicle's finish. As the water evaporates, the acid becomes concentrated and can damage the finish.

And the longer the acid remains on the surface, the greater the chance is for damage.

Prevention

It is necessary to wash and wax your vehicle to preserve its finish according to the instructions in this section. These steps should be taken immediately after you suspect that acid rain has settled on your vehicle's finish.

qDamage Caused by Bird

Dropping, Insects, or Tree Sap

Occurrence

Bird droppings contain acids. If these aren't removed they can eat away the clear and color base coat of the vehicle's paintwork.

When insects stick to the paint surface and decompose, corrosive compounds form. These can erode the clear and color base coat of the vehicle's paintwork if they are not removed.

Tree sap will harden and adhere permanently to the paint finish. If you scratch the sap off while it is hard, some vehicle paint could come off with it.

Prevention

It is necessary to have your Mazda washed and waxed to preserve its finish according to the instructions in this section. This should be done as soon as possible.

Bird droppings can be removed with a soft sponge and water. If you are traveling and these are not available, a moistened tissue may also take care of the problem.

The cleaned area should be waxed according to the instructions in this section.

Insects and tree sap are best removed with a soft sponge and water or a commercially available chemical cleaner.

Another method is to cover the affected area with dampened newspaper for one to two hours. After removing the newspaper, rinse off the loosened debris with water.

8-38

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (293,1)


Appearance Care

qWater Marks

Occurrence

Rain, fog, dew, and even tap water can contain harmful minerals such as salt and lime. If moisture containing these minerals settles on the vehicle and evaporates, the minerals will concentrate and harden to form white rings. The rings can damage your vehicle's finish.

Prevention

It is necessary to wash and wax your vehicle to preserve its finish according to the instructions in this section. These steps should be taken immediately after you find water marks on your vehicle's finish.

qPaint Chipping

Occurrence

Paint chipping occurs when gravel thrown in the air by another vehicle's tires hits your vehicle.

How to avoid paint chipping

Keeping a safe distance between you and the vehicle ahead reduces the chances of having your paint chipped by flying gravel.

NOTE l

The paint chipping zone varies with the speed of the vehicle. For example, when traveling at 90 km/h

(56 mph), the paint chipping zone is

50 m (164 ft).

l

In low temperatures a vehicle's finish hardens. This increases the chance of paint chipping.

l

Chipped paint can lead to rust forming on your Mazda. Before this happens, repair the damage by using

Mazda touch-up paint according to the instructions in this section.

Failure to repair the affected area could lead to serious rusting and expensive repairs.

8-39

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (294,1)


Appearance Care

Exterior Care

Follow all label and container directions when using a chemical cleaner or polish.

Read all warnings and cautions.

qMaintaining the Finish

Washing

To help protect the finish from rust and deterioration, wash your Mazda thoroughly and frequently, at least once a month, with lukewarm or cold water.

If the vehicle is washed improperly, the paint surface could be scratched. Here are some examples of how scratching could occur.

Scratches occur on the paint surface when: l

The vehicle is washed without first rinsing off dirt and other foreign matter.

l

The vehicle is washed with a rough, dry, or dirty cloth.

l

The vehicle is washed at a car wash that uses brushes that are dirty or too stiff.

l

Cleansers or wax containing abrasives are used.

NOTE l

Mazda is not responsible for scratches caused by automatic car washes or improper washing.

l

Scratches are more noticeable on vehicles with darker paint finishes.

To minimize scratches on the vehicle's paint finish: l

Rinse off any dirt or other foreign matter using lukewarm or cold water before washing.

l

Use plenty of lukewarm or cold water and a soft cloth when washing the vehicle. Do not use a nylon cloth.

l

Rub gently when washing or drying the vehicle.

l

Take your vehicle only to a car wash that keeps its brushes well maintained.

l

Don't use abrasive cleansers or wax that contain abrasives.

CAUTION l

Don't use steel wool, abrasive cleaners, or strong detergents containing highly alkaline or caustic agents on chrome-plated or anodized aluminum parts. This may damage the protective coating; also, cleaners and detergents may discolor or deteriorate the paint.

l

To prevent damaging the antenna, remove it before entering a car wash facility or passing beneath a low overhead clearance.

Pay special attention to removing salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign material from the underside of the fenders, and make sure the drain holes in the lower edges of the doors and rocker panels are clean.

8-40

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (295,1)


Appearance Care

Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings, industrial fallout, and similar deposits can damage the finish if not removed immediately. When prompt washing with plain water is ineffective, use a mild soap made for use on vehicles.

Thoroughly rinse off all soap with lukewarm or cold water. Don't allow soap to dry on the finish.

After washing the vehicle, dry it with a clean chamois to prevent water spots from forming.

WARNING

Driving with Wet Brakes:



Dry the brakes by driving very slowly and applying the brakes lightly until brake performance is normal.

Waxing

Your vehicle needs to be waxed when water no longer beads on the finish.

Always wash and dry the vehicle before waxing it. In addition to the vehicle body, wax the metal trim to maintain its luster.

1. Use wax which contains no abrasives.

Waxes containing abrasive will remove paint and could damage bright metal parts.

2. Use a good grade of natural wax for metallic, mica, and solid colors.

3. When waxing, coat evenly with the sponge supplied or a soft cloth.

4. Wipe off the wax with a soft cloth.

NOTE

A spot remover to remove oil, tar, and similar materials will usually also take off the wax. Rewax these areas even if the rest of the vehicle doesn't need it.

qRepairing Damage to the Finish

Deep scratches or chips on the finish should be repaired promptly. Exposed metal quickly rusts and can lead to major repairs.

CAUTION

If your Mazda is damaged and needs metal parts repaired or replaced, make sure the body shop applies anticorrosion materials to all parts, both repaired and new. This will prevent them from rusting.

qBright-Metal Maintenance

l

Use tar remover to remove road tar and insects. Never do this with a knife or similar tool.

l

To prevent corrosion on bright-metal surfaces, apply wax or chrome preservative and rub it to a high luster.

l

During cold weather or in coastal areas, cover bright-metal parts with a coating of wax or preservative heavier than usual. It would also help to coat them with noncorrosive petroleum jelly or some other protective compound.

8-41

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (296,1)


Appearance Care

CAUTION

Don't use steel wool, abrasive cleaners, or strong detergents containing highly alkaline or caustic agents on chromeplated or anodized aluminum parts.

This may result in damage to the protective coating and cause discoloration or paint deterioration.

qUnderbody Maintenance

Road chemicals and salt used for ice and snow removal and solvents used for dust control may collect on the underbody. If not removed, they will speed up rusting and deterioration of such underbody parts as fuel lines, frame, floor pan, and exhaust system, even though these parts may be coated with anti-corrosive material.

Thoroughly flush the underbody and wheel housings with lukewarm or cold water at the end of each winter. Try also to do this every month.

Pay special attention to these areas because they easily hide mud and dirt. It will do more harm than good to wet down the road grime without removing it.

The lower edges of doors, rocker panels, and frame members have drain holes that should not be clogged. Water trapped there will cause rusting.

WARNING

Driving with Wet Brakes:



Dry the brakes by driving very slowly and applying the brakes lightly until brake performance is normal.

qAluminum Wheel Maintenance

A protective coating is provided over the aluminum wheels. Special care is needed to protect this coating.

NOTE l

Don't use a wire brush or any abrasive cleaner, polishing compound, or solvent on aluminum wheels. They may damage the coating.

l

Only use a mild soap or neutral detergent and always use a sponge or soft cloth to clean the wheels.

Rinse thoroughly with lukewarm or cold water. Also, be sure to clean the wheels after driving on dusty or salted roads. This helps prevent corrosion.

l

Avoid washing your vehicle in an automatic car wash that uses highspeed or hard brushes.

l

If your aluminum wheels lose luster, wax the wheels.

8-42

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (297,1)


Appearance Care

Interior Care qDashboard Precautions

Prevent caustic solutions such as perfume and cosmetic oils from contacting the dashboard. They'll damage and discolor it.

If these solutions get on the dashboard, wipe them off immediately.

CAUTION

Do not use glazing agents.

Glazing agents contain ingredients which may cause discoloration, wrinkling, cracks and peeling.

qCleaning the Upholstery and

Interior Trim

Vinyl

Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.

Clean vinyl with a leather-and-vinyl cleaner.

Leather

í

Real leather isn't uniform and may have scars, scratches, and wrinkles. Clean it with a leather cleaner or mild soap.

Wipe it with a damp soft cloth; then dry and buff it with a dry soft cloth.

Fabric

í

Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.

Clean it with a mild soap solution good for upholstery and carpets. Remove fresh spots immediately with a fabric spot cleaner.

To keep the fabric looking clean and fresh, take care of it. Otherwise its color will be affected, it can be stained easily, and its fire-resistance may be reduced.

CAUTION

Use only recommended cleaners and procedures. Others may affect appearance and fire-resistance.

qCleaning the Lap/Shoulder Belt

Webbing

Clean the webbing with a mild soap solution recommended for upholstery or carpets. Follow instructions. Don't bleach or dye the webbing; this may weaken it.

After cleaning the belts, thoroughly dry the belt webbing and make sure there is no remaining moisture before retracting them.

WARNING

Damaged Seat Belt:

Using damaged seat belts is dangerous. In a collision, damaged belts cannot provide adequate protection. Have an Authorized Mazda

Dealer replace damaged belts immediately.

í

Some models.

8-43

Form No.8V77-EA-06F




Appearance Care

qCleaning the Window Interiors

If the windows become covered with an oily, greasy, or waxy film, clean them with glass cleaner. Follow the directions on the container.

CAUTION

Don't scrape or scratch the inside of the rear window. You may damage the rear window defroster grid.

Black plate (298,1)

8-44

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (299,1)

9

Customer Information and Reporting

Safety Defects

Important consumer information including warranties and add-on equipment.

Customer Assistance ............................... 9-2

Customer Assistance (U.S.A.) ............ 9-2

Customer Assistance (Canada) ........... 9-4

Customer Assistance (Puerto Rico) .... 9-7

Mazda Importer/Distributors ................. 9-8

Importer/Distributor ............................ 9-8

Distributor in Each Area ..................... 9-8

Warranty .................................................. 9-9

Warranties for Your Mazda ................. 9-9

Outside the United States .................. 9-10

Outside Canada ................................. 9-11

Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign

Country (Except United States and

Canada) ............................................. 9-12

Add-On Non-Genuine Parts and

Accessories ....................................... 9-13

Cell Phones ............................................. 9-14

Cell Phones Warning ......................... 9-14

Type Approval of Equipment ............... 9-15

Type Approval of Equipment ............ 9-15

Uniform Tire Quality Grading System

(UTQGS) ................................................ 9-16

Uniform Tire Quality Grading System

(UTQGS) .......................................... 9-16

Tire Information (U.S.A.) ..................... 9-18

Tire Labeling ..................................... 9-18

Location of the Tire Label

(Placard) ............................................ 9-24

Tire Maintenance .............................. 9-27

Vehicle Loading ................................ 9-30

Steps for Determining the Correct Load

Limit: ................................................ 9-37

Reporting Safety Defects ....................... 9-38

Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.A.) .... 9-38

Reporting Safety Defects (Canada) ... 9-39

Service Publications .............................. 9-40

Service Publications .......................... 9-40

9-1

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (300,1)


Customer Assistance

Customer Assistance (U.S.A.)

Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. We are here to serve you. All

Authorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle in top condition.

If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you take the following steps:

qSTEP 1: Contact Your Mazda Dealer

Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way to address the issue. If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS,

SALES, SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERAL

MANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER.

qSTEP 2: Contact Mazda North American Operations

If for any reason you feel the need for further assistance after contacting your dealership management, you can reach Mazda North American Operations by one of the following ways.

Log on: at www.mazdaUSA.com

Answers to many questions, including how to locate or contact a local Mazda dealership in the U.S., can be found here.

E-mail: click on

“Contact Us” at the bottom of the page at www.mazdaUSA.com

By phone at: 1 (800) 222-5500

By letter at:

Attn: Customer Assistance

Mazda North American Operations

7755 Irvine Center Drive

Irvine, CA 92618-2922

P.O. Box 19734

Irvine, CA 92623-9734

In order to serve you efficiently and effectively, please help us by providing the following information:

1. Your name, address, and telephone number

2. Year and model of vehicle

9-2

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (301,1)


Customer Assistance

3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located on the upper driver's side corner of the dash)

4. Purchase date and current mileage

5. Your dealer's name and location

6. Your question(s)

If you live outside the U.S.A., please contact your nearest Mazda Distributor.

Form No.8V77-EA-06F

9-3



Black plate (302,1)


Customer Assistance

Customer Assistance (Canada) qSatisfaction Review Process

Your complete and permanent satisfaction is of primary concern to Mazda. All Authorized

Mazda Dealers have both the knowledge and tools to keep your Mazda in top condition. In our experience, any questions, problems, or complaints regarding the operation of your

Mazda or any other general service transactions are most effectively resolved by your dealer. If the cause of your dissatisfaction cannot adequately be addressed by normal dealership procedures, we recommend that you take the following steps:

qSTEP 1: Contact the Mazda Dealer

Discuss the matter with a member of dealership management. If the Service Manager has already reviewed your concerns, contact the owner of the dealership or its General

Manager.

qSTEP 2: Contact the Mazda Regional Office

If you feel that you still require assistance, ask the dealer Service Manager to arrange for you to meet the local Mazda Service Representative. If more expedient, contact Mazda

Canada Inc.Regional Office nearest you for such arrangements. Regional Office address

and phone numbers are shown (page 9-6).

qSTEP 3: Contact the Mazda Customer Relations Department

If still not substantially satisfied, contact the Customer Relations Department, Mazda

Canada Inc., 55 Vogell Road, Richmond Hill, Ontario, L4B 3K5 Canada TEL: 1 (800)

263-4680.

Provide the Department with the following information:

1. Your name, address and telephone number


3. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). Refer to the

“Vehicle Identification Labels” page of section 10 of this manual for the location of the VIN.

4. Purchase date

5. Present odometer reading


7. The nature of your problem and/or cause of dissatisfaction

The Department, in cooperation with the local Mazda Service Representative, will review the case to determine if everything possible has been done to ensure your satisfaction.

9-4

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (303,1)


Customer Assistance

Please recognize that the resolution of service problems in most cases requires the use of your Mazda dealer's service facilities, personnel and equipment. We urge you to follow the above three steps in sequence for most effective results.

qMediation/Arbitration Program

Occasionally a customer concern cannot be resolved through Mazda's Customer

Satisfaction Program. If after exhausting the procedures in this manual your concern is still not resolved, you have another option.

Mazda Canada Inc. participates in an arbitration program administered by the

Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP). CAMVAP will advise you about how your concern may be reviewed and resolved by an independent third party through binding arbitration.

Your complete satisfaction is the goal of Mazda Canada Inc. and our dealers.

Mazda's participation in CAMVAP makes a valuable contribution to our achieving that goal. There is no charge for using CAMVAP. CAMVAP results are fast, fair and final as the award is binding on both you and Mazda Canada Inc.

qCanadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP)

If a specific item of concern arises, where a solution cannot be reached between an owner,

Mazda, and/or one of it's dealers (that all parties cannot agree upon), the owner may wish to use the services offered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP).

CAMVAP uses the services of Provincial Administrators to assist consumers in scheduling and preparing for their arbitration hearings. However, before you can proceed with

CAMVAP you must follow your Mazda dispute resolution process as outlined previously.

9-5

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (304,1)


Customer Assistance

CAMVAP is fully implemented in all provinces and territories.

Consumers wishing to obtain further information about the Program should contact the

Provincial Administrator at 1 (800) 207-0685, or by contacting the

Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan Office at:

Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan

235 Yorkland Boulevard, suite 300

North York, Ontario

M2J 4Y8 http://camvap.ca

Provincial Administrators may be reached locally as listed below:

Province/Territory

British Columbia & Yukon Territories

Alberta & Northwest Territories

Saskatchewan

Manitoba

Ontario

Atlantic Canada

Quebec

qRegional Offices

REGIONAL OFFICES

MAZDA CANADA INC.

WESTERN REGION

8171 ACKROYD ROAD

SUITE 2000

RICHMOND B.C.

V6X 3K1

(604) 303-5670

MAZDA CANADA INC.

CENTRAL/ATLANTIC REGION

55 VOGELL ROAD,

RICHMOND HILL,

ONTARIO, L4B 3K5

(905) 787-7000

MAZDA CANADA INC.

QUEBEC REGION

6111 ROUTE TRANS

CANADIENNE

POINTE CLAIRE, QUEBEC

H9R 5A5

(514) 694-6390

CAMVAP Number

1 (800) 207-0685

1 (800) 207-0685

1 (800) 207-0685

1 (800) 207-0685

1 (800) 207-0685

1 (800) 207-0685

1 (800) 207-0685

AREAS COVERED

ALBERTA,

BRITISH COLUMBIA,

MANITOBA,

SASKATCHEWAN,

YUKON

ONTARIO

QUEBEC,

NEW BRUNSWICK,

NOVA SCOTIA,

PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND,

NEWFOUNDLAND

9-6

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (305,1)


Customer Assistance

Customer Assistance (Puerto Rico)

Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. That is why all Authorized

Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle in top condition.

If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you take the following steps:

qSTEP 1

Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way to address the issue. If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS,

SALES, SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERAL

MANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER.

qSTEP 2

If, after following STEP 1, you feel the need for further assistance, please contact your area's Mazda representative (Indicated on the next page).

Please help us by providing the following information:

1. Your name, address, and telephone number


3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located on the upper driver's side corner of the dash)

4. Purchase date and current mileage


6. Your question(s)

9-7

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (306,1)


Mazda Importer/Distributors

Importer/Distributor qU.S.A.



Irvine, CA 92618-2922 U.S.A.

P.O. Box 19734

Irvine, CA 92623-9734 U.S.A.

TEL: 1 (800) 222-5500 (in U.S.A.)

(949) 727-1990 (outside U.S.A.)

Distributor in Each Area qCANADA

Mazda Canada Inc.

55 Vogell Road, Richmond Hill,

Ontario, L4B 3K5 Canada

TEL: 1 (800) 263-4680 (in Canada)

(905) 787-7000 (outside Canada)

qPUERTO RICO/U.S. Virgin Island

Plaza Motors Corp. (Mazda de Puerto

Rico)

P.O. Box 362722, San Juan, Puerto Rico

00936-2722

TEL: (787) 641-9300

qGUAM

Triple J Motors

157 South Marine Drive, Tamuning,

GUAM 96911 USA

P.O. Box 6066 Tamuning, Guam 96931

TEL: (671) 649-6555

qSAIPAN

Pacific International Marianas, Inc.

(d.b.a. Midway Motors)

P.O. Box 887 Saipan, MP 96950

TEL: (670) 234-7524

Triple J Saipan, Inc.

(d.b.a. Triple J Motors)

P.O. Box 500487 Saipan, MP 96950-0487

TEL: (670) 234-7133/3051

qAMERICAN SAMOA

Polynesia Motors, Inc.

P.O. Box 1120, Pago Pago, American

Samoa 96799

TEL: (684) 699-9347

9-8

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (307,1)


Warranty

Warranties for Your Mazda

l

New Vehicle Limited Warranty l

Distributor Major Component Limited Warranty (Canada only) l

Safety Restraint System Limited Warranty l

Anti-perforation Limited Warranty l

Federal Emission Control Warranty (U.S.A. only) l l

Emission Defect Warranty

Emission Performance Warranty l

California Emission Control Warranty (U.S.A. only) l

Emission Control Warranty (Canada only) l

Replacement Parts and Accessories Limited Warranty l

Tire Warranty

NOTE

Detailed warranty information is provided with your Mazda.

Form No.8V77-EA-06F

9-9



Black plate (308,1)


Warranty

Outside the United States

Government regulations in the United States require that automobiles meet specific emission regulations and safety standards. Therefore, vehicles built for use in the United

States may differ from those sold in other countries.

The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receive satisfactory servicing in other countries. We strongly recommend that you NOT take your

Mazda outside the United States. However, in the event that you are moving to Canada permanently, Mazda vehicles built for use in the United States could be eligible for exportation to Canada with specific vehicle modifications to comply with the Canadian

Motor Vehicle Safety requirements (CMVSS).

NOTE

The above is applicable for a permanent import/export situation and not related to travelers on vacation.

You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of the United

States: l

Recommended fuel may be unavailable. Any kind of leaded fuel or low-octane fuel will affect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine.

l

Proper repair facilities, tools, testing equipment, and replacement parts may not be available.

Please refer to your Manufacturer's Warranty Booklet for more information.

9-10

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (309,1)


Warranty

Outside Canada

Government regulations in Canada require that automobiles meet specific emission regulations and safety regulations. Therefore, vehicles built for use in Canada may differ from those sold in other countries.

The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receive satisfactory servicing in other countries. We strongly recommend that you NOT take your

Mazda outside Canada. However, in the event that you are moving to the United States permanently, Mazda vehicles built for use in Canada could be eligible for exportation to the

United States with specific vehicle modifications to comply with the United States Federal

Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS).

NOTE

The above is applicable for a permanent import/export situation and not related to travelers on vacation.

You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of Canada: l

Recommended fuel may be unavailable. Any kind of leaded fuel or low-octane fuel will affect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine.

l

Proper repair facilities, tools, testing equipment, and replacement parts may not be available.

Please refer to your Manufacturer's Warranty Booklet for more information.

9-11

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (310,1)


Warranty

Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign Country (Except

United States and Canada)

Government regulations in your country could require that automobiles meet specific emission and safety standards.

Vehicles built for your country may differ from those built for other countries. In addition to registration problems, satisfactory service may be difficult or even impossible in another country.

The fuel specified for your vehicle may be unavailable.

Parts, servicing techniques, and tools necessary to maintain and repair your vehicle may be unavailable.

There might not be an Authorized Mazda Dealer in the country you plan to take your vehicle.

The Mazda warranty is valid only in certain countries.

9-12

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (311,1)


Warranty

Add-On Non-Genuine Parts and Accessories

Non-genuine parts and accessories for Mazda vehicles can be found in stores.

These may fit your vehicle, but they are not approved by Mazda for use with Mazda vehicles. When you install non-genuine parts or accessories, they could affect your vehicle's performance or safety systems; the Mazda warranty doesn't cover this. Before you install any non-genuine parts or accessories, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

WARNING

Installation of Non-Genuine Parts or Accessories:

Installation of non-genuine parts or accessories is dangerous. Improperly designed parts or accessories could seriously affect your vehicle's performance or safety systems. This could cause you to have an accident or increase your chances of injuries in an accident. Always consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer before you install nongenuine parts or accessories.

Add-On Electrical and Electronic Equipment:

Incorrectly choosing or installing improper add-on equipment or choosing an improper installer is dangerous. Essential systems could be damaged, causing engine stalling, air-bag (SRS) activation, ABS inactivation, or a fire in the vehicle.

Be very careful in choosing and installing add-on electrical equipment, such as mobile telephones, two-way radios, stereo systems, and car alarm systems.

Mazda assumes no responsibility for death, injury, or expenses that may result from the installation of add-on non-genuine parts or accessories.

9-13

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (312,1)


Cell Phones

Cell Phones Warning

WARNING

Use of Cell Phones and Other Devices by Driver:

Use of any electrical devices such as cell phones, computers, portable radios, vehicle navigation or other devices by the driver while the vehicle is moving is dangerous.

Dialing a number on a cell phone while driving also ties-up the driver's hands. Use of these devices will cause the driver to be distracted and could lead to a serious accident.

If a passenger is unable to use the device, pull off the right-of-way to a safe area before use. If use of a cell phone is necessary despite this warning, use a hands-free system to at least leave the hands free to drive the vehicle. Never use a cell phone or other electrical devices while the vehicle is moving and, instead, concentrate on the full-time job of driving.

Please comply with the legal regulations concerning the use of communication equipment in vehicles in your country.

9-14

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (313,1)


Type Approval of Equipment

Immobilizer system

Type Approval of Equipment

Form No.8V77-EA-06F

9-15



Black plate (314,1)


Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)


This information relates to the tire grading system developed by the U.S. National

Highway Traffic Safety Administration for grading tires by tread wear, traction, and temperature performance.

qTread Wear

The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course.

For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100.

The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm because of variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.

qTraction-AA, A, B, C

The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. These grades represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.

WARNING

The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on braking (straight ahead) traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering (turning), hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics.

qTemperature-A, B, C

The temperature grades A (the highest), B, and C, represent the tire's resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.

Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperatures can lead to sudden tire failure.

Grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger vehicle tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.

9-16

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (315,1)



WARNING

The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure.

These grades will be added to the sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires over the next several years according to a schedule established by the NHTSA and the tire manufacturers.

The grade of tires available as standard or optional equipment on Mazda vehicles may vary with respect to grade.

ALL PASSENGER VEHICLE TIRES MUST CONFORM TO THESE GRADES AND

TO ALL OTHER FEDERAL TIRE-SAFETY REQUIREMENTS.

qUniform Tire Quality Grading

Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width.

For example:

Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A

UTQGS MARK (example)

TREADWEAR 200 TRACTION AA

TEMPERATURE A

9-17

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (316,1)


Tire Information (U.S.A.)

Tire Labeling

Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires. This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a tire identification number for safety standard certification and in case of a recall.

qInformation on Passenger Vehicle Tires

Please refer to the diagram below.

1. TIN: U.S. DOT tire identification number

2. Passenger car tire

3. Nominal width of tire in millimeters

4. Ratio of height to width (aspect ratio)

5. Radial

6. Rim diameter code

7. Load index & speed symbol

8. Severe snow conditions

9. Tire ply composition and materials used

10. Max. load rating

9-18

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (317,1)



11. Tread wear, traction and temperature grades

12. Max. permissible inflation pressure

13. SAFETY WARNING

P215/65R15 95H is an example of a tire size and load index rating. Here is an explanation of the various components of that tire size and load index rating. Note that the tire size and load index rating may be different from the example.

P

Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars, SUVs, minivans and light trucks as designated by the Tire and Rim Association (T&RA).

NOTE

If your tire size does not begin with a letter this may mean it is designated by either

ETRTO (European Tire and Rim Technical Organization) or JATMA (Japan Tire

Manufacturing Association).

215

“215” is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters. This three-digit number gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the larger the number, the wider the tire.

65

“65” is the aspect ratio. This two-digit number indicates the tire's ratio of height to width.

R

“R” is the tire construction symbol. R indicates “Radial ply construction”.

15

“15” is the wheel rim diameter in inches.

95

“95” is the Load Index. This two-or three-digit number indicates how much weight each tire can support.

9-19

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (318,1)



H

“H” is the speed rating. The speed rating denotes the maximum speed for which the use of the tire is rated.

Letter Rating

Q

R

S

T

U

H

V

W

Y

Speed Rating

99 mph

106 mph

112 mph

118 mph

124 mph

130 mph

149 mph

168

* mph

186

* mph

* For tires with a maximum speed capability over 149 mph, tire manufacturers sometimes use the letters ZR. For tires with a maximum speed capability over 186 mph, tire manufacturers always use the letters ZR.

M+S or M/S: Mud and Snow

AT: All Terrain.

AS: All Season. The

“M+S” or “M/S” indicates that the tire has some functional use in mud and snow.

U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number (TIN)

This begins with the letters

“DOT” which indicates the tire meets all federal standards. The next two numbers or letters are the plant code where it was manufactured, and the last four numbers represent the week and year the tire was manufactured. For example, the numbers

457 means the 45st week of 1997. After 2000 the numbers go to four digits. For example, the number 2102 means the 21th week of 2002. The other numbers are marketing codes used at the manufacturer's discretion. This information is used to contact consumers if a tire defect requires a recall.

Tire Ply Composition and Materials Used

The number of plies indicates the number of layers of rubber-coated fabric in the tire. In general, the greater the number of plies, the more weight a tire can support. Tire manufacturers also must indicate the tire materials, which include steel, nylon, polyester, and other.

Maximum Load Rating

This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire.

Maximum Permissible Inflation Pressure

This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should ever be put in the tire under normal driving conditions.

9-20

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (319,1)



Tread Wear, Traction and Temperature Grades

Tread wear: The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100.

Traction: The traction grades, from highest to lowest are AA, A, B, and C. The grades represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.

Temperature: The temperature grades are A (the highest), B and C, representing the tire's resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.

Snow Tires

In some heavy snow areas, local governments may require true snow tires, those with very deeply cut tread. These tires should only be used in pairs or placed on all four wheels.

Make sure you purchase snow tires that are the same size and construction type as the other tires on your vehicle.

SAFETY WARNING

The following safety warning appears on the tire's sidewall.

SERIOUS INJURY MAY RESULT FROM: l

EXPLOSION OF TIRE/RIM ASSEMBLY DUE TO IMPROPER MOUNTING-

MATCH TIRE DIAMETER TO RIM DIAMETER; NEVER EXCEED 40 psi (275 kPa)

TO SEAT BEADS-ONLY SPECIALLY TRAINED PERSONS SHOULD MOUNT

TIRES.

l

TIRE FAILURE DUE TO UNDER-INFLATION/OVERLOADING/DAMAGE-

FOLLOW OWNER'S MANUAL AND PLACARD IN VEHICLE-FREQUENTLY

CHECK INFLATION PRESSURE AND INSPECT FOR DAMAGE.

9-21

Form No.8V77-EA-06F





qInformation on Temporary Tires

Please refer to the diagram below.

Black plate (320,1)

1. Temporary tires

2. Nominal width of tire in millimeters

3. Ratio of height to width (aspect ratio)

4. Diagonal

5. Rim diameter code

T115/70D 16 is an example of a tire size and load index rating. Here is an explanation of the various components of that tire size and load index rating. Note that the tire size and load index rating may be different from the example.

T

Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars, SUVs, minivans and light trucks as designated by the Tire and Rim Association (T&RA).

115

“115” is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters. This three-digit number gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the larger the number, the wider the tire.

70

“70” is the aspect ratio. This two-digit number indicates the tire's ratio of height to width.

9-22

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (321,1)



D

“D” is the tire construction symbol. D indicates “diagonal ply construction”.

16

“16” is the wheel rim diameter in inches.

Form No.8V77-EA-06F

9-23



Black plate (322,1)



Location of the Tire Label (Placard)

You will find the tire label containing tire inflation pressure by tire size and other important information on the driver's side B-pillar or on the edge of the driver's door frame.

SAMPLE

qRecommended Tire Inflation Pressure

On the tire label you will find the recommended tire inflation pressure in both kPa and psi for the tires installed as original equipment on the vehicle. It is very important that the inflation pressure of the tires on your vehicle is maintained at the recommended pressure.

You should check the tire pressure regularly to insure that the proper inflation pressure is maintained.

Refer to Tires on page 10-6.

NOTE

Tire pressures listed on the vehicle placard or tire information label indicate the recommended cold tire inflation pressure, measured when the tires are cold, after the vehicle has been parked for at least 3 hours. As you drive, the temperature in the tire warms up, increasing the tire pressure.

9-24

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (323,1)



WARNING

Tire Under-Inflation:

Driving your vehicle with under-inflated tires is dangerous.

Under-inflation is the most common cause of failures in any kind of tire and may result in severe cracking, tread separation or

“blowout”, with unexpected loss of vehicle control and increased risk of injury. Under-inflation increases sidewall flexing and rolling resistance, resulting in heat buildup and internal damage to the tire. It results in unnecessary tire stress, irregular wear, loss of control and accidents. A tire can lose up to half of its air pressure and not appear to be flat!

It is impossible to determine whether or not tires are properly inflated just by looking at them.

Always check the tire inflation pressures on a regular basis according to the recommended tire inflation pressure on the tire label and in conjunction with the information in this owner's manual.

qChecking Tire Pressure

1. When you check the air pressure, make sure the tires are cold

―meaning they are not hot from driving even a mile.

2. Remove the cap from the valve on one tire.

3. Firmly press a tire gauge onto the valve.

4. Add air to achieve recommended air pressure.

5. If you overfill the tire, release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the valve. Then recheck the pressure with your tire gauge.

6. Replace the valve cap.

7. Repeat with each tire, including the spare.

NOTE

Some spare tires require higher inflation pressure.

8. Visually inspect the tires to make sure there are no nails or other objects embedded that could poke a hole in the tire and cause an air leak.

9. Check the sidewalls to make sure there are no gouges, cuts, bulges, cracks or other irregularities.

9-25

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (324,1)



NOTE

Warm tires normally exceed recommended pressures. Don't release air from warm tires to adjust the pressure.

Under-inflation can cause serious failures and accidents.

Over-inflation can produce a harsh ride and the greater possibility of damage from road hazards.

qGlossary of Terms

Tire Placard: A label indicating the OE tire sizes, recommended inflation pressure, and the maximum weight the vehicle can carry.

Tire Identification Number (TIN): A number on the sidewall of each tire providing information about the tire brand and manufacturing plant, tire size, and date of manufacture.

Inflation Pressure: A measure of the amount of air in a tire.

kPa: Kilopascal, the metric unit for air pressure.

psi: Pounds per square inch, the English unit for air pressure.

B-pillar: The structural member at the side of the vehicle behind the front door.

Original Equipment (OE): Describes components originally equipped on the vehicle.

Vehicle Load Limit: The maximum value of the combination weight of occupants and cargo.

Bead Area of the Tire: Area of the tire next to the rim.

Sidewall Area of the Tire: Area between the bead area and the tread.

Tread Area of the Tire: Area on the perimeter of the tire that contacts the road when it's mounted on the vehicle.

Seating capacity means the total allowable number of vehicle occupants. Seating capacity is described on the tire label.

Production options weight is the combination weight of installed regular production options weighing over 2.3 kilograms in excess of the standard items which they replace, and not previously considered in the curb weight or accessory weight, including heavy duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery, and special trim.

Rim is the metal support (wheel) for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads are seated.

9-26

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (325,1)



Tire Maintenance

Improper or inadequate vehicle maintenance can cause tires to wear abnormally. Here are some important maintenance points:

qTire Inflation Pressure

Inspect all tire pressure monthly (including the spare) when the tires are cold. Maintain recommended pressures for the best ride, top handling, and minimum tire wear. Use the pressures specified on the vehicle tire information placard or tire label for optimum service.

qTire Rotation

To equalize tread wear, rotate the tires every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or sooner if irregular wear develops. During rotation, inspect them for correct balance.

Forward

Inspect the tires for uneven wear and damage. Abnormal wear is usually caused by one or a combination of the following: l

Incorrect tire pressure l

Improper wheel alignment l

Out-of-balance wheel l

Severe braking

After rotation, inflate all tire pressures to specification (page 10-6) and inspect the lug nuts

for tightness.

9-27

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (326,1)



CAUTION

Rotate unidirectional tires and radial tires that have an asymmetrical tread pattern or studs only from front to rear, not from side to side. Tire performance will be weakened if rotated from side to side.

Don't use the following: l

Tires not of the designated size l

Tires of different sizes or types at the same time l

Tires not sufficiently inflated

If these instructions aren't followed, the rotation of the left and right wheels will be different and will thus apply a constant load on the limited-slip differential.

This will cause a malfunction.

qReplacing a Tire

WARNING

Worn Tires:

Driving with worn tires is dangerous. Reduced braking, steering, and traction could result in an accident. Always use tires that are in good condition.

If a tire wears evenly, a wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread. Replace the tire when this happens.

Tread wear indicator

New tread Worn tread

You should replace it before the band is across the entire tread.

9-28

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (327,1)



NOTE

Tires degrade over time, even when they are not being used on the road. It is recommended that tires generally be replaced when they are 6 years or older. Heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process. You should replace the spare tire when you replace the other road tires due to the aging of the spare tire. Regarding the manufacturing week and year is indicated with

4 digit. Refer to The tire labeling on page 9-18.

qSafety Practices

The way you drive has a great deal to do with your tire mileage and safety. So cultivate good driving habits for your own benefit.

l

Observe posted speed limits l

Avoid fast starts, stops and turns l

Avoid potholes and objects on the road l

Do no run over curbs or hit the tire against the curb when parking

CAUTION

If you feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while driving or you suspect your tire or vehicle has been damaged, immediately reduce your speed. Drive with caution until you can safely pull off the road. Stop and inspect the tire for damage. If the tire is underinflated or damaged, deflate it, remove the tire and rim and replace it with your spare tire. If you cannot detect a cause, have the vehicle towed to the nearest vehicle or tire dealer to have the vehicle inspected.

9-29

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (328,1)



Vehicle Loading

WARNING

Do not taw a trailer with this vehicle:

Towing a trailer with this vehicle is dangerous because it has not been designed to tow a trailer and doing so will affect the drive system which could result in vehicle damage.

This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle and/or trailer, to keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability, with or without a trailer.

Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of vehicle design performance.

Before loading your vehicle, familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle's weight ratings, with or without a trailer, from the vehicle's Safety

Certification Label and Tire and Load Information Label:

WARNING

Overloaded Vehicle:

Overloading a vehicle is dangerous. The results of overloading can have serious consequences in terms of passenger safety. Too much weight on a vehicle's suspension system can cause spring or shock absorber failure, brake failure, handling or steering problems, irregular tire wear, tire failure or other damage.

Overloading makes a vehicle harder to drive and control. It also increases the distance required for stopping. In cases of serious overloading, brakes can fail completely, particularly on steep grades. The load a tire will carry safely is a combination of the size of the tire, its load range, and corresponding inflation pressure.

Never overload the vehicle and always observe the vehicle's weight ratings from the vehicle's Safety Certification and Tire and Load Information labels.

9-30

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (329,1)



Base Curb Weight is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equipment. It does not include passengers, cargo, or optional equipment.

Vehicle Curb Weight is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your dealer plus any aftermarket equipment.

PAYLOAD

Payload is the combination weight of cargo and passengers that the vehicle is designed to carry. The maximum payload for your vehicle can be found on the Tire and Load

Information label on the driver's door frame or door pillar. Look for

“THE

COMBINATION WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVER

EXCEED XXX kg or XXX lbs

” for your maximum payload. The payload listed on the tire label is the maximum payload for the vehicle as built by the assembly plant. If any aftermarket or dealer installed equipment has been installed on the vehicle, the weight of the equipment must be subtracted from the payload listed on the tire label in order to be accurate.

9-31

Form No.8V77-EA-06F





SAMPLE

Black plate (330,1)

CARGO

Cargo Weight includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight, including cargo and optional equipment. When towing, trailer tongue load or king pin weight is also part of cargo weight.

The cargo weight limit decreases depending on the number of vehicle occupants. The cargo weight limit can be calculated by subtracting the total weight of the vehicle occupants from the

“combination weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed” value on the tire label.

9-32

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (331,1)



Examples: Based on a single occupant weight of 68 kg, and a value of 385 kg for the

“combination weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed”:

The cargo weight limit with one occupant is 385 kg _ 68 kg = 317 kg

The cargo weight limit with two occupants is 385 kg _ (68 × 2) kg = 249 kg

If the weight of the occupant increases, the cargo weight limit decreases by that much.

GAW (Gross Axle Weight) is the total weight placed on each axle (front and rear) including vehicle curb weight and all payload.

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle (front or rear). These numbers are shown on the Safety Compliance

Certification Label located on the driver's door frame or door pillar. The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR.

GVW

GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) is the Vehicle Curb Weight + cargo + passengers.

GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle (including all options, equipment, passengers and cargo). The GVWR is shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label located on the driver's door frame or door pillar. The GVW must never exceed the GVWR.

9-33

Form No.8V77-EA-06F





SAMPLE

Black plate (332,1)

WARNING

Exceeding Axle Weight Rating Limits:

Exceeding the Safety Certification Label axle weight rating limits is dangerous and could result in death or serious injury as a result of substandard vehicle handling, performance, engine, transmission and/or structural damage, serious damage to the vehicle, or loss of control.

Always keep the vehicle within the axle weight rating limits.

Do not taw a trailer with this vehicle:

Towing a trailer with this vehicle is dangerous because it has not been designed to tow a trailer and doing so will affect the drive system which could result in vehicle damage.

9-34

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (333,1)



GCW

GCW (Gross Combination Weight) is the weight of the loaded vehicle (GVW) plus the weight of the fully loaded trailer.

GCWR (Gross Combination Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight of the vehicle and the loaded trailer - including all cargo and passengers - that the vehicle can handle without risking damage. (Important: The towing vehicle's braking system is rated for operation at GVWR, not at GCWR. Separate functional brakes should be used for safe control of towed vehicles and for trailers weighing more than 1,500 lbs). The GCW must never exceed the GCWR.

Maximum Loaded Trailer Weight is the highest possible weight of a fully loaded trailer the vehicle can tow. It assumes a vehicle with only mandatory options, no cargo (internal or external), a tongue load of 10_15% (conventional trailer) or king pin weight of 15_25%

(fifth-wheel trailer), and driver only (150 lbs). Consult your dealership (or the RV and

Trailer Towing Guide provided by your dealership) for more detailed information.

Tongue Load or Fifth-Wheel King Pin Weight refers to the amount of the weight that a trailer pushes down on a trailer hitch.

Examples: For a 5000 lb conventional trailer, multiply 5000 by 0.10 and 0.15 to obtain a proper tongue load range of 500 to 750 lbs. For an 11,500 lb fifth-wheel trailer, multiply by

0.15 and 0.25 to obtain a proper king pin load range of 1,725 to 2,875 lbs.

9-35

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (334,1)



WARNING

Exceeding GVWR or GAWR Specifications:

Exceeding the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label is dangerous.

Exceeding any vehicle rating limitation could result in a serious accident, injury, or damage to the vehicle.

Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities than the originals because they may lower the vehicle's GVWR and GAWR limitations. Replacement tires with a higher limit than the originals do not increase the GVWR and GAWR limitations.

Never exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label.

9-36

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (335,1)



Steps for Determining the Correct Load Limit:

Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit:

(1) Locate the statement

“The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs

” on your vehicle's placard.

(2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle.

(3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs.

(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the

“XXX” amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400_ 750 (5 × 150) = 650 lbs.)

(5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4.

(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, the load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.

9-37

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (336,1)


Reporting Safety Defects

Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.A.)

If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway

Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Mazda Motor

Corporation (Your Mazda Importer/Distributor).

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Mazda Motor Corporation (Your Mazda

Importer/Distributor).

To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-

327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153) ; go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to:

Administrator, NHTSA, 400 Seventh Street, SW., Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http:// www.safercar.gov.

NOTE

If you live in the U.S.A., all correspondence to Mazda Motor Corporation should be forwarded to:



Irvine, California 92618-2922

P.O. Box 19734

Irvine, CA 92623-9734

Customer Assistance Center or toll free at 1 (800) 222-5500

If you live outside of the U.S.A., please contact the nearest Mazda Distributor shown

(page 9-8) in this booklet.

9-38

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (337,1)


Reporting Safety Defects

Reporting Safety Defects (Canada)

Canadian customers who wish to report a safety-related defect to Transport Canada, Defect

Investigations and Recalls, may telephone the toll free hotline 1-800-333-0510, or contact

Transport Canada by mail at: Transport Canada, ASFAD, Place de Ville Tower C, 330

Sparks Street, Ottawa ON K1A 0N5.

For additional road safety information, please visit the Road Safety website at: http://www.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety/menu.htm

Form No.8V77-EA-06F

9-39



Black plate (338,1)


Service Publications

Service Publications

Factory-authorized Mazda service publications are available for owners who wish to do some of their own maintenance and repair.

When requesting any of our publications through an Authorized Mazda Dealer, refer to the chart below.

If they don't have what you need in stock, they can order it for you.

PUBLICATION ORDER NUMBER

9999-95-063B-07

9999-95-039G-07

9999-95-MS6C-07 (U.S.A. only)

9999-EC-MS6C-07 (Canada only)

9999-PR-MS6C-07 (Puerto Rico only)

PUBLICATION DESCRIPTION

2007 WORKSHOP MANUAL (English)

2007 WIRING DIAGRAM (English)

2007 OWNER'S MANUAL

2007 OWNER'S MANUAL

2007 OWNER'S MANUAL

qWORKSHOP MANUAL:

Covers recommended maintenance and repair procedures of the drive train, body and chassis.

qWIRING DIAGRAM:

Provides electrical schematics as well as component location for the entire electrical system.

qOWNER'S MANUAL:

This booklet contains information regarding the proper care and operation of your vehicle.

This is not a technician's manual.

9-40

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (339,1)

10

Specifications

Technical information about your Mazda.

Identification Numbers ............................................................... 10-2

Vehicle Information Labels ..................................................... 10-2

Specifications ............................................................................... 10-4

Specifications .......................................................................... 10-4

Form No.8V77-EA-06F

10-1



Black plate (340,1)

Identification Numbers

Vehicle Information Labels qVehicle Identification Number

The vehicle identification number legally identifies your vehicle. The number is on a plate attached to the cowl panel located on the left corner of the dashboard. This plate can easily be seen through the windshield.

qVehicle Emission Control

Information Label qMotor Vehicle Safety Standard Label

10-2

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (341,1)

Identification Numbers

qTire Pressure Label qEngine Number

Forward

Form No.8V77-EA-06F

10-3



Black plate (342,1)

Specifications

Specifications qEngine

Item

Type

Bore×Stroke

Displacement

Compression ratio

qElectrical System

Item

Battery

Spark-plug number

Spark-plug gap

*1 ex factory

Specification

DOHC-16V in-line, 4-cylinder

87.5 × 94.0 mm (3.44 × 3.70 in)

2,261 ml (2,261 cc, 137.9 cu in)

9.5

Classification

12V-48AH/5HR

12V-55AH/5HR

L3K9 18 110A

*1

L3Y3 18 110

0.70

―0.80 mm (0.028―0.031 in)

CAUTION

When cleaning the iridium plugs, do not use a wire brush. The fine particulate coating on the iridium alloy and platinum tips could be damaged.

qLubricant Quality

Lubricant

Engine oil

Manual transaxle oil

Transfer case oil


Power steering fluid

Brake/Clutch fluid

Classification

Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on

page 8-12.

API Service GL-4 (SAE 75W-90)



ATF M-III, M-V, or equivalent (e.g. Dexron® II)

SAE J1703, or FMVSS116 DOT-3

10-4

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (343,1)

Specifications

qCapacities

(Approximate Quantities)

Engine oil

Item

With oil filter replacement

Without oil filter replacement

Coolant

Manual transaxle oil

Transfer case oil


Fuel tank

Check oil and fluid levels with dipsticks or reservoir gauges.

qDimensions

Item

Without license plate holder

With license plate holder

Overall length

Overall width

Overall height

Front tread

Rear tread

Wheelbase

qWeights

Item

GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)

Front

Rear

CW (Curb Weight)

qAir Conditioner

Item

Refrigerant Type

Capacity

5.7 L (6.0 US qt, 5.0 Imp qt)

5.3 L (5.6 US qt, 4.7 Imp qt)

8.0 L (8.5 US qt, 7.0 Imp qt)

2.5 L (2.6 US qt, 2.2 Imp qt)

1.2 L (1.3 US qt, 1.1 Imp qt)

1.0 L (1.1 US qt, 0.9 Imp qt)

60 L (15.9 US gal, 13.2 Imp gal)

Model

4,745 mm (186.8 in)

4,765 mm (187.6 in)

1,780 mm (70.1 in)

1,430 mm (56.3 in)

1,540 mm (60.6 in)

1,540 mm (60.6 in)

2,675 mm (105.3 in)

Weight

2,065 kg (4,552 lb)

1,111 kg (2,449 lb)

954 kg (2,103 lb)

1,641 kg (3,618 lb)

Classification

HFC134a (R-134a)

10-5

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (344,1)

Specifications

qLight Bulbs

Exterior light

Headlights


Parking lights

Fog lights

Side-marker lights

Light bulb

High-mount brake light

*2



Taillights

Reverse lights


High beam

Low beam

Wattage

55

35

27

5

55

5

4

21

21/5

5

*1

18.4

5

Category

ECE R (SAE)

H1 (

―)

D2S (

―)

― (#2357A)

W5W (

―)

H11 (H11)

― (―)

― (―)

WY21W (

―)

W21/5W (#7443)

W21/5W (#7443)

W16W (#921)

W5W (

―)

*1 Use a 21/5W type bulb.

*2 Bulb replacement is not possible because it is built into the unit. Replace the unit.

Interior light

Category

Light bulb

Trunk light

Overhead light/Map lights

Courtesy lights

Vanity mirror lights

Wattage

3

5

5

1.2

ECE R

―

W5W

W5W

―

qTires

NOTE

The tires have been optimally matched with the chassis of your vehicle.

When replacing tires, Mazda recommends that you replace tires of the same type originally fitted to your vehicle. For details, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Check the tire pressure label for tire size and inflation pressure. Refer to Tire Inflation

Pressure on page 8-23.

Standard tire

Inflation pressure

Tire size

215/45R18 93Y

Front

260 kPa (38 psi)

Rear

260 kPa (38 psi)

10-6

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Temporary spare tire

Tire size

T145/70D17 106M

qFuses

Refer to the fuse rating on page 8-33.

Black plate (345,1)

Specifications

Inflation pressure

420 kPa (60 psi)

Form No.8V77-EA-06F

10-7



Black plate (346,1)

10-8

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



11

Index

Black plate (347,1)

Form No.8V77-EA-06F

11-1



Black plate (348,1)

Index

A

Accessory Socket .............................. 6-51

Add-On Non-Genuine Parts and

Accessories ....................................... 9-13

Advanced Key

Advanced key maintenance ......... 3-5

Auxiliary key .............................. 3-15

Keyless entry system .................. 3-13

Locking, unlocking with request switch ........................................... 3-8

Operational range ......................... 3-7

Service ......................................... 3-6

Air Bag Systems ............................... 2-40

All-Wheel Drive

(AWD) Operation .............................. 5-11

AWD Warning light ................... 5-11

Ambient Temperature Display .......... 6-44

Antenna ............................................. 6-10

Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) ......... 5-7

Warning light ............................... 5-7

Appearance Care ............................... 8-38

Ashtray .............................................. 6-46

Audio System ................................... 6-10

Audio control switch .................. 6-37

Audio set .................................... 6-21

Operating tips for audio system ........................................ 6-10

Safety certification ..................... 6-39

B

Battery

Emergency starting .................... 7-13

Maintenance ............................... 8-21

Specifications ............................. 10-4

Beep sounds

Ignition key reminder ................. 5-35

Lights-on reminder ..................... 5-35

Seat belt warning beep ............... 5-35

11-2

B

Before Starting the Engine .................. 4-5

After getting in ............................. 4-5

Before getting in .......................... 4-5

Body Lubrication .............................. 8-18

Bottle Holder ..................................... 6-48

Brake/Clutch

Fluid ........................................... 8-16

Brakes

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ..... 5-7

Foot brake .................................... 5-5

Pad wear indicator ........................ 5-8

Parking brake ............................... 5-5

Warning light ............................... 5-6

Break-In Period ................................... 4-6

Bulb Replacement ............................. 8-27

C

Capacities .......................................... 10-5

Carbon Monoxide ............................... 4-4

Catalytic Converter ............................. 4-3

Cell Phones ....................................... 9-14

Center Box ........................................ 6-49

Center Console .................................. 6-50

Child Restraint

Installing child-restraint systems ....................................... 2-28

LATCH child-restraint systems ....................................... 2-35

Child Safety Locks for Rear Doors ... 3-28

Cigarette Lighter ............................... 6-45

Climate Control System ...................... 6-2

Gas specifications ...................... 10-5

Clock ................................................. 6-44

Courtesy Lights ................................. 6-42

Cruise Control ................................... 5-13

Cup Holder ........................................ 6-47

Customer Assistance ........................... 9-2

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (349,1)

Index

D

Dashboard Illumination .................... 5-23

Daytime Running Lights ................... 5-37

Defroster

Rear window .............................. 5-40

Dimensions ....................................... 10-5

Door Locks ....................................... 3-26

Driving In Flooded Area ..................... 4-9

Driving Tips ........................................ 4-6

Break-in period ............................ 4-6

Driving in flooded area ................ 4-9

Hazardous driving ........................ 4-7

Money-saving suggestions ........... 4-6

Rocking the vehicle ...................... 4-8

Turbocharged vehicles ............... 4-11

Winter driving .............................. 4-8

Dynamic Stability Control (DSC) ..... 5-18

DSC OFF indicator light ............ 5-19

DSC OFF switch ........................ 5-19

TCS/DSC Indicator light ............ 5-18

E

Emergency Starting ........................... 7-13

Jump-starting .............................. 7-14

Push-starting .............................. 7-17

Emergency Towing ........................... 7-18

Emission Control System .................... 4-3

Engine

Coolant ....................................... 8-14

Exhaust gas .................................. 4-4

Hood release .............................. 3-42

Oil .............................................. 8-12

Overheating ................................ 7-11

Starting ......................................... 5-4

Engine Compartment Overview ........ 8-11

Engine Coolant

Overheating ................................ 7-11

E

Engine Coolant Temperature

Gauge ................................................ 5-22

Exhaust Gas ........................................ 4-4

Exterior Care ..................................... 8-40

F

Flasher

Hazard warning .......................... 5-42

Headlights .................................. 5-36

Flat Tire ............................................... 7-3

Changing ...................................... 7-5

Spare tire and tool storage ............ 7-3

Fluids

Classification .............................. 10-4

Owner maintenance ..................... 8-8

Fog Lights ......................................... 5-38

Foot Brake .......................................... 5-5

Front Seats

(Electrically Operated Seats) ............... 2-5

Front Seats

(Manually Operated Seats) ................. 2-2

Fuel

Filler lid and cap ........................ 3-41

Gauge ......................................... 5-23

Requirements ............................... 4-2

Tank capacity ............................. 10-5

Fuses ................................................. 8-33

Panel description ........................ 8-35

Replacement ............................... 8-33

G

Glove Box ......................................... 6-50

H

Hazard Warning Flasher .................... 5-42

11-3

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (350,1)

Index

H

Hazardous Driving .............................. 4-7

Headlights

Control ....................................... 5-36

Flashing ...................................... 5-37

High-low beam .......................... 5-37

Leveling ..................................... 5-37

On reminder ............................... 5-36

Hood Release .................................... 3-42

Horn .................................................. 5-41

I

Ignition

Keys ........................................... 3-20

Switch .......................................... 5-2

Illuminated Entry System ................. 6-40

Immobilizer System

(with Advanced Key) ........................ 3-46

Immobilizer System

(without Advanced Key) ................... 3-49

Indicator Lights ................................. 5-24

Cruise Main ................................ 5-34

Cruise set .................................... 5-34

DSC OFF .................................... 5-34

Headlight high-beam .................. 5-33

Security ...................................... 5-33

TCS/DSC ................................... 5-33

Turn-signal/hazard warning ....... 5-34

Information Display .......................... 6-43

Ambient temperature display ..... 6-44

Audio display ............................. 6-45

Climate control display .............. 6-45

Clock .......................................... 6-44

Information display functions .... 6-43

Inside Trunk Release Lever ............... 3-32

Instrument Cluster ............................. 5-20

Interior Care ...................................... 8-43

Interior Lights ................................... 6-40

11-4

J

Jump-Starting .................................... 7-14

K

Keyless Entry System ....................... 3-21

Keys .................................................. 3-20

L

Label Information ............................. 10-2

Lane-Change Signals ........................ 5-38

Light Bulbs

Replacement ............................... 8-27

Specifications ............................. 10-6

Lighter ............................................... 6-45

Lighting Control ............................... 5-36

Lubricant Quality .............................. 10-4

M

Maintenance

Introduction .................................. 8-2

Owner maintenance precautions... 8-9

Owner maintenance schedule ....... 8-8

Scheduled ..................................... 8-3

Manual Transaxle Operation ............... 5-9

Recommendations for shifting.... 5-10

Map Lights ........................................ 6-41

Mirrors

Outside mirrors .......................... 3-54

Rearview mirror ......................... 3-55

Money-Saving Suggestions ................ 4-6

Moonroof .......................................... 3-43

O

Odometer and Trip Meter .................. 5-21

Outside Mirrors ................................. 3-54

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (351,1)

Index

O

Overhead Console ............................. 6-49

Overhead Lights ................................ 6-41

Overheating ....................................... 7-11

Overloading ...................................... 4-10

P

Paint Damage .................................... 8-38

Parking Brake ..................................... 5-5

Parking in an Emergency .................... 7-2

Power Door Locks ............................ 3-27

Power Steering .................................. 5-11

Fluid ........................................... 8-17

Power Windows ................................ 3-34

Push-Starting ..................................... 7-17

R

Rear Door Child Safety Locks .......... 3-28

Rear Seat ............................................. 2-9

Rear Window Defroster .................... 5-40

Rearview Mirror ................................ 3-55

Recreational Towing ......................... 7-21

Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign

Country ............................................. 9-12

Rocking the Vehicle ............................ 4-8

S

Safety Defects, Reporting ................. 9-38

S

Seat Belt System

Automatic locking ...................... 2-13

Belt minder ................................. 2-22

Center-rear lap/shoulder ............. 2-18

Emergency locking .................... 2-13

Except center-rear position ......... 2-14

Extender ..................................... 2-21

Pregnant women ........................ 2-13

Pretensioner and load limiting .... 2-16

Seat belt precautions .................. 2-11

Warning light/beep ..................... 2-22

Seats

Front seat

(Electrically operated seats) ......... 2-5

Front seat

(Manually operated seats) ............ 2-2

Rear seat ....................................... 2-9

Seat warmer .......................... 2-5, 2-8

Security System

Immobilizer system

(with advanced key) ................... 3-46

Immobilizer system

(without advanced key) .............. 3-49

Theft-deterrent system ............... 3-52

Service Publications .......................... 9-40

Spare Tire and Tool Storage ................ 7-3

Specifications .................................... 10-4

Speedometer ...................................... 5-21

SRS Air Bags

How the Air Bags Work ............. 2-48

Supplemental restraint systems precautions ................................. 2-40

Starting the Engine .............................. 5-4

Steering Wheel .................................. 3-54

Horn ........................................... 5-41

11-5

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



Black plate (352,1)

Index

S

Storage Compartments ...................... 6-49

Center box .................................. 6-49

Center console ............................ 6-50

Glove box ................................... 6-50

Overhead console ....................... 6-49

Storage pocket ............................ 6-49

Storage Pocket .................................. 6-49

Sunshade ........................................... 3-44

Sunvisors .......................................... 6-40

T

Tachometer ........................................ 5-22

Temporary Spare Tire ....................... 8-25

Theft-Deterrent System ..................... 3-52

Tiedown

Hook .......................................... 7-19

Tire Information ................................ 9-18

Tires

Flat Tire ........................................ 7-3

Inflation pressure ........................ 8-23

Replacement ............................... 8-24

Rotation ...................................... 8-24

Snow tires .................................... 4-8

Spare tire and tool storage ............ 7-3

Specifications ............................. 10-6

Tire chains .................................... 4-9

Uniform tire quality grading system

(UTQGS) ................................... 9-16

Tool ..................................................... 7-3

Towing

Description ................................. 7-18

Emergency towing ..................... 7-18

Recreational towing ................... 7-21

Trailer towing ............................. 4-12

Traction Control System (TCS) ........ 5-17

TCS/DSC indicator light ............ 5-17

Trailer Towing .................................. 4-12

11-6

T

Trip Meter ......................................... 5-21

Trunk Lid .......................................... 3-29

Inside trunk release lever ............ 3-32

Trunk Light ....................................... 3-32

Turn and Lane-Change Signals ......... 5-38

V

Vanity Mirrors ................................... 6-40

Vehicle Information Labels ............... 10-2

W

Warning Lights ................................. 5-24

ABS ............................................ 5-26

Air bag system ........................... 5-29

AWD .......................................... 5-31

Brake system .............................. 5-26

Charging system ......................... 5-27

Check engine .............................. 5-28

Door-ajar .................................... 5-31

Engine oil pressure ..................... 5-28

Front seat belt pretensioner system ........................................ 5-29

KEY Warning Light

(Red)/KEY Indicator Light

(Green) ....................................... 5-31

Low fuel ..................................... 5-29

Low washer fluid level ............... 5-31

Seat belt ...................................... 5-29

Warranty .............................................. 9-9

Washer Fluid ..................................... 8-17

Weights ............................................. 10-5

Wheel Replacement .......................... 8-26

Windows

Power windows .......................... 3-34

Windshield Washer ........................... 5-40

Form No.8V77-EA-06F



W

Windshield Wipers ............................ 5-39

Blades replacement .................... 8-19

Winter Driving .................................... 4-8

Black plate (353,1)

Index

Form No.8V77-EA-06F

11-7



Black plate (354,1)

11-8

Form No.8V77-EA-06F

Mazda speed6 8V77-EA-06F car Owner's manual

Assistant Bot

Your Vehicle at a Glance

Essential Safety Equipment

Front Seats (Manually

Operated Seats)

qSeat Slide

qSeat Recline

qHeight Adjustment (Driver's Seat)

qHead Restraint

qLumbar Support Adjustment

(Driver's Seat)

qSeat Warmer

Front Seats (Electrically

Operated Seats)

qSeat Slide

qSeat Recline

qHeight Adjustment

qLumbar Support Adjustment

qHead Restraint

qSeat Warmer

Rear Seat

qHead Restraint

qArmrest

Seat Belt Precautions

qPregnant Women and Persons with Serious Medical Conditions

qEmergency Locking Mode

qAutomatic Locking Mode

Seat Belt (Except Center-

Rear Position)

qFastening the Seat Belt

qUnfastening the Seat Belt

qShoulder Belt Adjuster (Front

Seat Belts)

Front Seat Belt Pretensioner and Load Limiting Systems

qAir Bag/Front Seat Belt Pretensioner

Systems Warning Light

Center-Rear Position Seat

Belt

qFastening the Seat Belt

qUnfastening the Seat Belt

qUnfastening the Lap Portion of the Seat Belt

qStowing and pulling out the

Center-Rear Position Seat Belt

qFastening the Lap Portion of the

Seat Belt

Seat Belt Extender

Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep

qBelt Minder

Child Restraint Precautions

Installing Child-Restraint

Systems

qRear Outboard Seat Child-

Restraint System Installation

qCenter-Rear Seat Child-Restraint

System Installation

qIf You Must Use the Front Seat for Children

qFront Passenger's Seat Child-

Restraint System Installation

LATCH Child-Restraint Systems

qLATCH Child-Restraint System

Installation Procedure (Rear

Outboard Seats)

qLATCH Child-Restraint System

Installation Procedure (Rear

Center Seat)

Supplemental Restraint Systems (SRS) Precautions

Supplemental Restraint System Components

qFront Air Bag System Components

qSide and Curtain Air Bag System Components

How the Air Bags Work qHow the Front Air Bags Work

qHow the Side and Curtain Air Bags Work

qAir Bag Activation/Deactivation

qConstant Monitoring

qAir Bag/Front Seat Belt

Pretensioner System Warning Light

qMaintenance

Knowing Your Mazda

Advanced Keys

qAdvanced Key Maintenance